1 /* ELF linking support for BFD.
2 Copyright (C) 1995-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
6 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
7 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
8 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
9 (at your option) any later version.
11 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
12 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
13 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
14 GNU General Public License for more details.
16 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
17 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
18 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
19 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
23 #include "bfd_stdint.h"
28 #include "safe-ctype.h"
29 #include "libiberty.h"
31 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
32 #include "plugin-api.h"
36 /* This struct is used to pass information to routines called via
37 elf_link_hash_traverse which must return failure. */
39 struct elf_info_failed
41 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
45 /* This structure is used to pass information to
46 _bfd_elf_link_find_version_dependencies. */
48 struct elf_find_verdep_info
50 /* General link information. */
51 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
52 /* The number of dependencies. */
54 /* Whether we had a failure. */
58 static bfd_boolean _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags
59 (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*, struct elf_info_failed
*);
62 _bfd_elf_section_for_symbol (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
63 unsigned long r_symndx
,
66 if (r_symndx
>= cookie
->locsymcount
67 || ELF_ST_BIND (cookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
].st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
69 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
71 h
= cookie
->sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- cookie
->extsymoff
];
73 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
74 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
75 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
77 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
78 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
79 && discarded_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
))
80 return h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
86 /* It's not a relocation against a global symbol,
87 but it could be a relocation against a local
88 symbol for a discarded section. */
90 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
92 /* Need to: get the symbol; get the section. */
93 isym
= &cookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
];
94 isec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (cookie
->abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
96 && discard
? discarded_section (isec
) : 1)
102 /* Define a symbol in a dynamic linkage section. */
104 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*
105 _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
106 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
110 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
111 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
112 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
114 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
117 /* Zap symbol defined in an as-needed lib that wasn't linked.
118 This is a symptom of a larger problem: Absolute symbols
119 defined in shared libraries can't be overridden, because we
120 lose the link to the bfd which is via the symbol section. */
121 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
127 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
128 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
,
129 sec
, 0, NULL
, FALSE
, bed
->collect
,
132 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
133 BFD_ASSERT (h
!= NULL
);
136 h
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
137 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
138 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_INTERNAL
)
139 h
->other
= (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN
;
141 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
146 _bfd_elf_create_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
150 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
151 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
152 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
154 /* This function may be called more than once. */
155 if (htab
->sgot
!= NULL
)
158 flags
= bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
;
160 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
161 (bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
162 ? ".rela.got" : ".rel.got"),
163 (bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
166 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
170 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got", flags
);
172 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
176 if (bed
->want_got_plt
)
178 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got.plt", flags
);
180 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
181 bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
186 /* The first bit of the global offset table is the header. */
187 s
->size
+= bed
->got_header_size
;
189 if (bed
->want_got_sym
)
191 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ at the start of the .got
192 (or .got.plt) section. We don't do this in the linker script
193 because we don't want to define the symbol if we are not creating
194 a global offset table. */
195 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
,
196 "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_");
197 elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
= h
;
205 /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names. */
207 _bfd_elf_link_create_dynstrtab (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
209 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
211 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
212 if (hash_table
->dynobj
== NULL
)
214 /* We may not set dynobj, an input file holding linker created
215 dynamic sections to abfd, which may be a dynamic object with
216 its own dynamic sections. We need to find a normal input file
217 to hold linker created sections if possible. */
218 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| BFD_PLUGIN
)) != 0)
222 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
224 & (DYNAMIC
| BFD_LINKER_CREATED
| BFD_PLUGIN
)) == 0
225 && bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
226 && !((s
= ibfd
->sections
) != NULL
227 && s
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
))
233 hash_table
->dynobj
= abfd
;
236 if (hash_table
->dynstr
== NULL
)
238 hash_table
->dynstr
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
239 if (hash_table
->dynstr
== NULL
)
245 /* Create some sections which will be filled in with dynamic linking
246 information. ABFD is an input file which requires dynamic sections
247 to be created. The dynamic sections take up virtual memory space
248 when the final executable is run, so we need to create them before
249 addresses are assigned to the output sections. We work out the
250 actual contents and size of these sections later. */
253 _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
257 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
258 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
260 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
263 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
266 if (!_bfd_elf_link_create_dynstrtab (abfd
, info
))
269 abfd
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
270 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
272 flags
= bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
;
274 /* A dynamically linked executable has a .interp section, but a
275 shared library does not. */
276 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) && !info
->nointerp
)
278 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".interp",
279 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
284 /* Create sections to hold version informations. These are removed
285 if they are not needed. */
286 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.version_d",
287 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
289 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
292 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.version",
293 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
295 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 1))
298 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.version_r",
299 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
301 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
304 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynsym",
305 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
307 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
309 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsym
= s
;
311 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynstr",
312 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
316 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynamic", flags
);
318 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
321 /* The special symbol _DYNAMIC is always set to the start of the
322 .dynamic section. We could set _DYNAMIC in a linker script, but we
323 only want to define it if we are, in fact, creating a .dynamic
324 section. We don't want to define it if there is no .dynamic
325 section, since on some ELF platforms the start up code examines it
326 to decide how to initialize the process. */
327 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
, "_DYNAMIC");
328 elf_hash_table (info
)->hdynamic
= h
;
334 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".hash",
335 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
337 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
339 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
342 if (info
->emit_gnu_hash
)
344 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.hash",
345 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
347 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
349 /* For 64-bit ELF, .gnu.hash is a non-uniform entity size section:
350 4 32-bit words followed by variable count of 64-bit words, then
351 variable count of 32-bit words. */
352 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64)
353 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= 0;
355 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= 4;
358 /* Let the backend create the rest of the sections. This lets the
359 backend set the right flags. The backend will normally create
360 the .got and .plt sections. */
361 if (bed
->elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections
== NULL
362 || ! (*bed
->elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections
) (abfd
, info
))
365 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
= TRUE
;
370 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
373 _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
375 flagword flags
, pltflags
;
376 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
378 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
379 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
381 /* We need to create .plt, .rel[a].plt, .got, .got.plt, .dynbss, and
382 .rel[a].bss sections. */
383 flags
= bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
;
386 if (bed
->plt_not_loaded
)
387 /* We do not clear SEC_ALLOC here because we still want the OS to
388 allocate space for the section; it's just that there's nothing
389 to read in from the object file. */
390 pltflags
&= ~ (SEC_CODE
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
392 pltflags
|= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_LOAD
;
393 if (bed
->plt_readonly
)
394 pltflags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
396 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".plt", pltflags
);
398 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->plt_alignment
))
402 /* Define the symbol _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ at the start of the
404 if (bed
->want_plt_sym
)
406 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
,
407 "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_");
408 elf_hash_table (info
)->hplt
= h
;
413 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
414 (bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
415 ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt"),
416 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
418 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
422 if (! _bfd_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
))
425 if (bed
->want_dynbss
)
427 /* The .dynbss section is a place to put symbols which are defined
428 by dynamic objects, are referenced by regular objects, and are
429 not functions. We must allocate space for them in the process
430 image and use a R_*_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
431 initialize them at run time. The linker script puts the .dynbss
432 section into the .bss section of the final image. */
433 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynbss",
434 SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
439 if (bed
->want_dynrelro
)
441 /* Similarly, but for symbols that were originally in read-only
442 sections. This section doesn't really need to have contents,
443 but make it like other .data.rel.ro sections. */
444 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".data.rel.ro",
451 /* The .rel[a].bss section holds copy relocs. This section is not
452 normally needed. We need to create it here, though, so that the
453 linker will map it to an output section. We can't just create it
454 only if we need it, because we will not know whether we need it
455 until we have seen all the input files, and the first time the
456 main linker code calls BFD after examining all the input files
457 (size_dynamic_sections) the input sections have already been
458 mapped to the output sections. If the section turns out not to
459 be needed, we can discard it later. We will never need this
460 section when generating a shared object, since they do not use
462 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
464 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
465 (bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
466 ? ".rela.bss" : ".rel.bss"),
467 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
469 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
473 if (bed
->want_dynrelro
)
475 s
= (bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags
476 (abfd
, (bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
477 ? ".rela.data.rel.ro" : ".rel.data.rel.ro"),
478 flags
| SEC_READONLY
));
480 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
481 bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
483 htab
->sreldynrelro
= s
;
491 /* Record a new dynamic symbol. We record the dynamic symbols as we
492 read the input files, since we need to have a list of all of them
493 before we can determine the final sizes of the output sections.
494 Note that we may actually call this function even though we are not
495 going to output any dynamic symbols; in some cases we know that a
496 symbol should be in the dynamic symbol table, but only if there is
500 bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
501 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
503 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
505 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
;
510 /* XXX: The ABI draft says the linker must turn hidden and
511 internal symbols into STB_LOCAL symbols when producing the
512 DSO. However, if ld.so honors st_other in the dynamic table,
513 this would not be necessary. */
514 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
518 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefined
519 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
522 if (!elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
530 h
->dynindx
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
;
531 ++elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
;
533 dynstr
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
;
536 /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names. */
537 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
= dynstr
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
542 /* We don't put any version information in the dynamic string
544 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
545 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
547 /* We know that the p points into writable memory. In fact,
548 there are only a few symbols that have read-only names, being
549 those like _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ that are created specially
550 by the backends. Most symbols will have names pointing into
551 an ELF string table read from a file, or to objalloc memory. */
554 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (dynstr
, name
, p
!= NULL
);
559 if (indx
== (size_t) -1)
561 h
->dynstr_index
= indx
;
567 /* Mark a symbol dynamic. */
570 bfd_elf_link_mark_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
571 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
572 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
574 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list
*d
= info
->dynamic_list
;
576 /* It may be called more than once on the same H. */
577 if(h
->dynamic
|| bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
580 if ((info
->dynamic_data
581 && (h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
582 || h
->type
== STT_COMMON
584 && (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_OBJECT
585 || ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_COMMON
))))
588 && (*d
->match
) (&d
->head
, NULL
, h
->root
.root
.string
)))
591 /* NB: If a symbol is made dynamic by --dynamic-list, it has
593 h
->root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
= 1;
597 /* Record an assignment to a symbol made by a linker script. We need
598 this in case some dynamic object refers to this symbol. */
601 bfd_elf_record_link_assignment (bfd
*output_bfd
,
602 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
607 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, *hv
;
608 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
609 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
611 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
614 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
615 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, name
, !provide
, TRUE
, FALSE
);
619 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
620 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
622 if (h
->versioned
== unknown
)
624 /* Set versioned if symbol version is unknown. */
625 char *version
= strrchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
628 if (version
> name
&& version
[-1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
629 h
->versioned
= versioned_hidden
;
631 h
->versioned
= versioned
;
635 /* Symbols defined in a linker script but not referenced anywhere
636 else will have non_elf set. */
639 bfd_elf_link_mark_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
, NULL
);
643 switch (h
->root
.type
)
645 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
646 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
647 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
649 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
650 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
651 /* Since we're defining the symbol, don't let it seem to have not
652 been defined. record_dynamic_symbol and size_dynamic_sections
653 may depend on this. */
654 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
655 if (h
->root
.u
.undef
.next
!= NULL
|| htab
->root
.undefs_tail
== &h
->root
)
656 bfd_link_repair_undef_list (&htab
->root
);
658 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
660 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
661 /* We had a versioned symbol in a dynamic library. We make the
662 the versioned symbol point to this one. */
663 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
665 while (hv
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
666 || hv
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
667 hv
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hv
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
668 /* We don't need to update h->root.u since linker will set them
670 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
671 hv
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
672 hv
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
673 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, h
, hv
);
680 /* If this symbol is being provided by the linker script, and it is
681 currently defined by a dynamic object, but not by a regular
682 object, then mark it as undefined so that the generic linker will
683 force the correct value. */
687 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
689 /* If this symbol is not being provided by the linker script, and it is
690 currently defined by a dynamic object, but not by a regular object,
691 then clear out any version information because the symbol will not be
692 associated with the dynamic object any more. */
696 h
->verinfo
.verdef
= NULL
;
698 /* Make sure this symbol is not garbage collected. */
705 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
706 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_INTERNAL
)
707 h
->other
= (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN
;
708 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
711 /* STV_HIDDEN and STV_INTERNAL symbols must be STB_LOCAL in shared objects
713 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
715 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
716 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
))
721 || bfd_link_dll (info
)
722 || elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
726 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
729 /* If this is a weak defined symbol, and we know a corresponding
730 real symbol from the same dynamic object, make sure the real
731 symbol is also made into a dynamic symbol. */
734 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*def
= weakdef (h
);
736 if (def
->dynindx
== -1
737 && !bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, def
))
745 /* Record a new local dynamic symbol. Returns 0 on failure, 1 on
746 success, and 2 on a failure caused by attempting to record a symbol
747 in a discarded section, eg. a discarded link-once section symbol. */
750 bfd_elf_link_record_local_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
755 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*entry
;
756 struct elf_link_hash_table
*eht
;
757 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
;
760 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
761 char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
763 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
766 /* See if the entry exists already. */
767 for (entry
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; entry
; entry
= entry
->next
)
768 if (entry
->input_bfd
== input_bfd
&& entry
->input_indx
== input_indx
)
771 amt
= sizeof (*entry
);
772 entry
= (struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*) bfd_alloc (input_bfd
, amt
);
776 /* Go find the symbol, so that we can find it's name. */
777 if (!bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd
, &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
,
778 1, input_indx
, &entry
->isym
, esym
, &eshndx
))
780 bfd_release (input_bfd
, entry
);
784 if (entry
->isym
.st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
785 && entry
->isym
.st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
)
789 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (input_bfd
, entry
->isym
.st_shndx
);
790 if (s
== NULL
|| bfd_is_abs_section (s
->output_section
))
792 /* We can still bfd_release here as nothing has done another
793 bfd_alloc. We can't do this later in this function. */
794 bfd_release (input_bfd
, entry
);
799 name
= (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
800 (input_bfd
, elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_link
,
801 entry
->isym
.st_name
));
803 dynstr
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
;
806 /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names. */
807 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
= dynstr
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
812 dynstr_index
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (dynstr
, name
, FALSE
);
813 if (dynstr_index
== (size_t) -1)
815 entry
->isym
.st_name
= dynstr_index
;
817 eht
= elf_hash_table (info
);
819 entry
->next
= eht
->dynlocal
;
820 eht
->dynlocal
= entry
;
821 entry
->input_bfd
= input_bfd
;
822 entry
->input_indx
= input_indx
;
825 /* Whatever binding the symbol had before, it's now local. */
827 = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, ELF_ST_TYPE (entry
->isym
.st_info
));
829 /* The dynindx will be set at the end of size_dynamic_sections. */
834 /* Return the dynindex of a local dynamic symbol. */
837 _bfd_elf_link_lookup_local_dynindx (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
841 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*e
;
843 for (e
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; e
; e
= e
->next
)
844 if (e
->input_bfd
== input_bfd
&& e
->input_indx
== input_indx
)
849 /* This function is used to renumber the dynamic symbols, if some of
850 them are removed because they are marked as local. This is called
851 via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
854 elf_link_renumber_hash_table_dynsyms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
857 size_t *count
= (size_t *) data
;
862 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
863 h
->dynindx
= ++(*count
);
869 /* Like elf_link_renumber_hash_table_dynsyms, but just number symbols with
870 STB_LOCAL binding. */
873 elf_link_renumber_local_hash_table_dynsyms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
876 size_t *count
= (size_t *) data
;
878 if (!h
->forced_local
)
881 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
882 h
->dynindx
= ++(*count
);
887 /* Return true if the dynamic symbol for a given section should be
888 omitted when creating a shared library. */
890 _bfd_elf_omit_section_dynsym_default (bfd
*output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
891 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
894 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
897 switch (elf_section_data (p
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
901 /* If sh_type is yet undecided, assume it could be
902 SHT_PROGBITS/SHT_NOBITS. */
904 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
905 if (p
== htab
->tls_sec
)
908 if (htab
->text_index_section
!= NULL
)
909 return p
!= htab
->text_index_section
&& p
!= htab
->data_index_section
;
911 return (htab
->dynobj
!= NULL
912 && (ip
= bfd_get_linker_section (htab
->dynobj
, p
->name
)) != NULL
913 && ip
->output_section
== p
);
915 /* There shouldn't be section relative relocations
916 against any other section. */
923 _bfd_elf_omit_section_dynsym_all
924 (bfd
*output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
925 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
926 asection
*p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
931 /* Assign dynsym indices. In a shared library we generate a section
932 symbol for each output section, which come first. Next come symbols
933 which have been forced to local binding. Then all of the back-end
934 allocated local dynamic syms, followed by the rest of the global
935 symbols. If SECTION_SYM_COUNT is NULL, section dynindx is not set.
936 (This prevents the early call before elf_backend_init_index_section
937 and strip_excluded_output_sections setting dynindx for sections
938 that are stripped.) */
941 _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (bfd
*output_bfd
,
942 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
943 unsigned long *section_sym_count
)
945 unsigned long dynsymcount
= 0;
946 bfd_boolean do_sec
= section_sym_count
!= NULL
;
948 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
949 || elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
951 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
953 for (p
= output_bfd
->sections
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
954 if ((p
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
955 && (p
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
956 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym
) (output_bfd
, info
, p
))
960 elf_section_data (p
)->dynindx
= dynsymcount
;
963 elf_section_data (p
)->dynindx
= 0;
966 *section_sym_count
= dynsymcount
;
968 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
969 elf_link_renumber_local_hash_table_dynsyms
,
972 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
)
974 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*p
;
975 for (p
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
976 p
->dynindx
= ++dynsymcount
;
978 elf_hash_table (info
)->local_dynsymcount
= dynsymcount
;
980 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
981 elf_link_renumber_hash_table_dynsyms
,
984 /* There is an unused NULL entry at the head of the table which we
985 must account for in our count even if the table is empty since it
986 is intended for the mandatory DT_SYMTAB tag (.dynsym section) in
990 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
= dynsymcount
;
994 /* Merge st_other field. */
997 elf_merge_st_other (bfd
*abfd
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
998 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
, asection
*sec
,
999 bfd_boolean definition
, bfd_boolean dynamic
)
1001 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1003 /* If st_other has a processor-specific meaning, specific
1004 code might be needed here. */
1005 if (bed
->elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute
)
1006 (*bed
->elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute
) (h
, isym
, definition
,
1011 unsigned symvis
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (isym
->st_other
);
1012 unsigned hvis
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
);
1014 /* Keep the most constraining visibility. Leave the remainder
1015 of the st_other field to elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute. */
1016 if (symvis
- 1 < hvis
- 1)
1017 h
->other
= symvis
| (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1));
1020 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (isym
->st_other
) != STV_DEFAULT
1021 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
1022 h
->protected_def
= 1;
1025 /* This function is called when we want to merge a new symbol with an
1026 existing symbol. It handles the various cases which arise when we
1027 find a definition in a dynamic object, or when there is already a
1028 definition in a dynamic object. The new symbol is described by
1029 NAME, SYM, PSEC, and PVALUE. We set SYM_HASH to the hash table
1030 entry. We set POLDBFD to the old symbol's BFD. We set POLD_WEAK
1031 if the old symbol was weak. We set POLD_ALIGNMENT to the alignment
1032 of an old common symbol. We set OVERRIDE if the old symbol is
1033 overriding a new definition. We set TYPE_CHANGE_OK if it is OK for
1034 the type to change. We set SIZE_CHANGE_OK if it is OK for the size
1035 to change. By OK to change, we mean that we shouldn't warn if the
1036 type or size does change. */
1039 _bfd_elf_merge_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1040 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1042 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
1045 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hash
,
1047 bfd_boolean
*pold_weak
,
1048 unsigned int *pold_alignment
,
1050 bfd_boolean
*override
,
1051 bfd_boolean
*type_change_ok
,
1052 bfd_boolean
*size_change_ok
,
1053 bfd_boolean
*matched
)
1055 asection
*sec
, *oldsec
;
1056 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
1057 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
;
1058 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*flip
;
1061 bfd_boolean newdyn
, olddyn
, olddef
, newdef
, newdyncommon
, olddyncommon
;
1062 bfd_boolean newweak
, oldweak
, newfunc
, oldfunc
;
1063 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1065 bfd_boolean default_sym
= *matched
;
1071 bind
= ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
);
1073 if (! bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
1074 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
1076 h
= ((struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)
1077 bfd_wrapped_link_hash_lookup (abfd
, info
, name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
));
1082 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1084 /* NEW_VERSION is the symbol version of the new symbol. */
1085 if (h
->versioned
!= unversioned
)
1087 /* Symbol version is unknown or versioned. */
1088 new_version
= strrchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
1091 if (h
->versioned
== unknown
)
1093 if (new_version
> name
&& new_version
[-1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
1094 h
->versioned
= versioned_hidden
;
1096 h
->versioned
= versioned
;
1099 if (new_version
[0] == '\0')
1103 h
->versioned
= unversioned
;
1108 /* For merging, we only care about real symbols. But we need to make
1109 sure that indirect symbol dynamic flags are updated. */
1111 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
1112 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1113 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1117 if (hi
== h
|| h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
1121 /* OLD_HIDDEN is true if the existing symbol is only visible
1122 to the symbol with the same symbol version. NEW_HIDDEN is
1123 true if the new symbol is only visible to the symbol with
1124 the same symbol version. */
1125 bfd_boolean old_hidden
= h
->versioned
== versioned_hidden
;
1126 bfd_boolean new_hidden
= hi
->versioned
== versioned_hidden
;
1127 if (!old_hidden
&& !new_hidden
)
1128 /* The new symbol matches the existing symbol if both
1133 /* OLD_VERSION is the symbol version of the existing
1137 if (h
->versioned
>= versioned
)
1138 old_version
= strrchr (h
->root
.root
.string
,
1143 /* The new symbol matches the existing symbol if they
1144 have the same symbol version. */
1145 *matched
= (old_version
== new_version
1146 || (old_version
!= NULL
1147 && new_version
!= NULL
1148 && strcmp (old_version
, new_version
) == 0));
1153 /* OLDBFD and OLDSEC are a BFD and an ASECTION associated with the
1158 switch (h
->root
.type
)
1163 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
1164 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
1165 oldbfd
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
1168 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
1169 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
1170 oldbfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
1171 oldsec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
1174 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
1175 oldbfd
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
->owner
;
1176 oldsec
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
1178 *pold_alignment
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
;
1181 if (poldbfd
&& *poldbfd
== NULL
)
1184 /* Differentiate strong and weak symbols. */
1185 newweak
= bind
== STB_WEAK
;
1186 oldweak
= (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
1187 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
);
1189 *pold_weak
= oldweak
;
1191 /* We have to check it for every instance since the first few may be
1192 references and not all compilers emit symbol type for undefined
1194 bfd_elf_link_mark_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
, sym
);
1196 /* NEWDYN and OLDDYN indicate whether the new or old symbol,
1197 respectively, is from a dynamic object. */
1199 newdyn
= (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1201 /* ref_dynamic_nonweak and dynamic_def flags track actual undefined
1202 syms and defined syms in dynamic libraries respectively.
1203 ref_dynamic on the other hand can be set for a symbol defined in
1204 a dynamic library, and def_dynamic may not be set; When the
1205 definition in a dynamic lib is overridden by a definition in the
1206 executable use of the symbol in the dynamic lib becomes a
1207 reference to the executable symbol. */
1210 if (bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
1212 if (bind
!= STB_WEAK
)
1214 h
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
= 1;
1215 hi
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
= 1;
1220 /* Update the existing symbol only if they match. */
1223 hi
->dynamic_def
= 1;
1227 /* If we just created the symbol, mark it as being an ELF symbol.
1228 Other than that, there is nothing to do--there is no merge issue
1229 with a newly defined symbol--so we just return. */
1231 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
1237 /* In cases involving weak versioned symbols, we may wind up trying
1238 to merge a symbol with itself. Catch that here, to avoid the
1239 confusion that results if we try to override a symbol with
1240 itself. The additional tests catch cases like
1241 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, which are regular symbols defined in a
1242 dynamic object, which we do want to handle here. */
1244 && (newweak
|| oldweak
)
1245 && ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
1246 || !h
->def_regular
))
1251 olddyn
= (oldbfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1252 else if (oldsec
!= NULL
)
1254 /* This handles the special SHN_MIPS_{TEXT,DATA} section
1255 indices used by MIPS ELF. */
1256 olddyn
= (oldsec
->symbol
->flags
& BSF_DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1259 /* Handle a case where plugin_notice won't be called and thus won't
1260 set the non_ir_ref flags on the first pass over symbols. */
1262 && (oldbfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
)
1263 && newdyn
!= olddyn
)
1265 h
->root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
= TRUE
;
1266 hi
->root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
= TRUE
;
1269 /* NEWDEF and OLDDEF indicate whether the new or old symbol,
1270 respectively, appear to be a definition rather than reference. */
1272 newdef
= !bfd_is_und_section (sec
) && !bfd_is_com_section (sec
);
1274 olddef
= (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefined
1275 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
1276 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_common
);
1278 /* NEWFUNC and OLDFUNC indicate whether the new or old symbol,
1279 respectively, appear to be a function. */
1281 newfunc
= (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_NOTYPE
1282 && bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)));
1284 oldfunc
= (h
->type
!= STT_NOTYPE
1285 && bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
));
1287 if (!(newfunc
&& oldfunc
)
1288 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != h
->type
1289 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_NOTYPE
1290 && h
->type
!= STT_NOTYPE
1291 && (newdef
|| bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
1292 && (olddef
|| h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
))
1294 /* If creating a default indirect symbol ("foo" or "foo@") from
1295 a dynamic versioned definition ("foo@@") skip doing so if
1296 there is an existing regular definition with a different
1297 type. We don't want, for example, a "time" variable in the
1298 executable overriding a "time" function in a shared library. */
1306 /* When adding a symbol from a regular object file after we have
1307 created indirect symbols, undo the indirection and any
1314 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1315 h
->forced_local
= 0;
1319 if (h
->root
.u
.undef
.next
|| info
->hash
->undefs_tail
== &h
->root
)
1321 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1322 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= abfd
;
1326 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
1327 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= NULL
;
1333 /* Check TLS symbols. We don't check undefined symbols introduced
1334 by "ld -u" which have no type (and oldbfd NULL), and we don't
1335 check symbols from plugins because they also have no type. */
1337 && (oldbfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0
1338 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0
1339 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != h
->type
1340 && (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
|| h
->type
== STT_TLS
))
1343 bfd_boolean ntdef
, tdef
;
1344 asection
*ntsec
, *tsec
;
1346 if (h
->type
== STT_TLS
)
1367 /* xgettext:c-format */
1368 (_("%s: TLS definition in %pB section %pA "
1369 "mismatches non-TLS definition in %pB section %pA"),
1370 h
->root
.root
.string
, tbfd
, tsec
, ntbfd
, ntsec
);
1371 else if (!tdef
&& !ntdef
)
1373 /* xgettext:c-format */
1374 (_("%s: TLS reference in %pB "
1375 "mismatches non-TLS reference in %pB"),
1376 h
->root
.root
.string
, tbfd
, ntbfd
);
1379 /* xgettext:c-format */
1380 (_("%s: TLS definition in %pB section %pA "
1381 "mismatches non-TLS reference in %pB"),
1382 h
->root
.root
.string
, tbfd
, tsec
, ntbfd
);
1385 /* xgettext:c-format */
1386 (_("%s: TLS reference in %pB "
1387 "mismatches non-TLS definition in %pB section %pA"),
1388 h
->root
.root
.string
, tbfd
, ntbfd
, ntsec
);
1390 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
1394 /* If the old symbol has non-default visibility, we ignore the new
1395 definition from a dynamic object. */
1397 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
1398 && !bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
1401 /* Make sure this symbol is dynamic. */
1403 hi
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
1404 /* A protected symbol has external availability. Make sure it is
1405 recorded as dynamic.
1407 FIXME: Should we check type and size for protected symbol? */
1408 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_PROTECTED
)
1409 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);
1414 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
) != STV_DEFAULT
1417 /* If the new symbol with non-default visibility comes from a
1418 relocatable file and the old definition comes from a dynamic
1419 object, we remove the old definition. */
1420 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1422 /* Handle the case where the old dynamic definition is
1423 default versioned. We need to copy the symbol info from
1424 the symbol with default version to the normal one if it
1425 was referenced before. */
1428 hi
->root
.type
= h
->root
.type
;
1429 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
1430 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, hi
, h
);
1432 h
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) hi
;
1433 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
) != STV_PROTECTED
)
1435 /* If the new symbol is hidden or internal, completely undo
1436 any dynamic link state. */
1437 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1438 h
->forced_local
= 0;
1445 /* FIXME: Should we check type and size for protected symbol? */
1455 /* If the old symbol was undefined before, then it will still be
1456 on the undefs list. If the new symbol is undefined or
1457 common, we can't make it bfd_link_hash_new here, because new
1458 undefined or common symbols will be added to the undefs list
1459 by _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol. Symbols may not be
1460 added twice to the undefs list. Also, if the new symbol is
1461 undefweak then we don't want to lose the strong undef. */
1462 if (h
->root
.u
.undef
.next
|| info
->hash
->undefs_tail
== &h
->root
)
1464 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1465 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= abfd
;
1469 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
1470 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= NULL
;
1473 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
) != STV_PROTECTED
)
1475 /* If the new symbol is hidden or internal, completely undo
1476 any dynamic link state. */
1477 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1478 h
->forced_local
= 0;
1484 /* FIXME: Should we check type and size for protected symbol? */
1490 /* If a new weak symbol definition comes from a regular file and the
1491 old symbol comes from a dynamic library, we treat the new one as
1492 strong. Similarly, an old weak symbol definition from a regular
1493 file is treated as strong when the new symbol comes from a dynamic
1494 library. Further, an old weak symbol from a dynamic library is
1495 treated as strong if the new symbol is from a dynamic library.
1496 This reflects the way glibc's ld.so works.
1498 Also allow a weak symbol to override a linker script symbol
1499 defined by an early pass over the script. This is done so the
1500 linker knows the symbol is defined in an object file, for the
1501 DEFINED script function.
1503 Do this before setting *type_change_ok or *size_change_ok so that
1504 we warn properly when dynamic library symbols are overridden. */
1506 if (newdef
&& !newdyn
&& (olddyn
|| h
->root
.ldscript_def
))
1508 if (olddef
&& newdyn
)
1511 /* Allow changes between different types of function symbol. */
1512 if (newfunc
&& oldfunc
)
1513 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1515 /* It's OK to change the type if either the existing symbol or the
1516 new symbol is weak. A type change is also OK if the old symbol
1517 is undefined and the new symbol is defined. */
1522 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
))
1523 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1525 /* It's OK to change the size if either the existing symbol or the
1526 new symbol is weak, or if the old symbol is undefined. */
1529 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
1530 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1532 /* NEWDYNCOMMON and OLDDYNCOMMON indicate whether the new or old
1533 symbol, respectively, appears to be a common symbol in a dynamic
1534 object. If a symbol appears in an uninitialized section, and is
1535 not weak, and is not a function, then it may be a common symbol
1536 which was resolved when the dynamic object was created. We want
1537 to treat such symbols specially, because they raise special
1538 considerations when setting the symbol size: if the symbol
1539 appears as a common symbol in a regular object, and the size in
1540 the regular object is larger, we must make sure that we use the
1541 larger size. This problematic case can always be avoided in C,
1542 but it must be handled correctly when using Fortran shared
1545 Note that if NEWDYNCOMMON is set, NEWDEF will be set, and
1546 likewise for OLDDYNCOMMON and OLDDEF.
1548 Note that this test is just a heuristic, and that it is quite
1549 possible to have an uninitialized symbol in a shared object which
1550 is really a definition, rather than a common symbol. This could
1551 lead to some minor confusion when the symbol really is a common
1552 symbol in some regular object. However, I think it will be
1558 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
1559 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0
1562 newdyncommon
= TRUE
;
1564 newdyncommon
= FALSE
;
1568 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1570 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
1571 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0
1574 olddyncommon
= TRUE
;
1576 olddyncommon
= FALSE
;
1578 /* We now know everything about the old and new symbols. We ask the
1579 backend to check if we can merge them. */
1580 if (bed
->merge_symbol
!= NULL
)
1582 if (!bed
->merge_symbol (h
, sym
, psec
, newdef
, olddef
, oldbfd
, oldsec
))
1587 /* There are multiple definitions of a normal symbol. Skip the
1588 default symbol as well as definition from an IR object. */
1589 if (olddef
&& !olddyn
&& !oldweak
&& newdef
&& !newdyn
&& !newweak
1590 && !default_sym
&& h
->def_regular
1592 && (oldbfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0
1593 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0))
1595 /* Handle a multiple definition. */
1596 (*info
->callbacks
->multiple_definition
) (info
, &h
->root
,
1597 abfd
, sec
, *pvalue
);
1602 /* If both the old and the new symbols look like common symbols in a
1603 dynamic object, set the size of the symbol to the larger of the
1608 && sym
->st_size
!= h
->size
)
1610 /* Since we think we have two common symbols, issue a multiple
1611 common warning if desired. Note that we only warn if the
1612 size is different. If the size is the same, we simply let
1613 the old symbol override the new one as normally happens with
1614 symbols defined in dynamic objects. */
1616 (*info
->callbacks
->multiple_common
) (info
, &h
->root
, abfd
,
1617 bfd_link_hash_common
, sym
->st_size
);
1618 if (sym
->st_size
> h
->size
)
1619 h
->size
= sym
->st_size
;
1621 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1624 /* If we are looking at a dynamic object, and we have found a
1625 definition, we need to see if the symbol was already defined by
1626 some other object. If so, we want to use the existing
1627 definition, and we do not want to report a multiple symbol
1628 definition error; we do this by clobbering *PSEC to be
1629 bfd_und_section_ptr.
1631 We treat a common symbol as a definition if the symbol in the
1632 shared library is a function, since common symbols always
1633 represent variables; this can cause confusion in principle, but
1634 any such confusion would seem to indicate an erroneous program or
1635 shared library. We also permit a common symbol in a regular
1636 object to override a weak symbol in a shared object. */
1641 || (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
1642 && (newweak
|| newfunc
))))
1646 newdyncommon
= FALSE
;
1648 *psec
= sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
1649 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1651 /* If we get here when the old symbol is a common symbol, then
1652 we are explicitly letting it override a weak symbol or
1653 function in a dynamic object, and we don't want to warn about
1654 a type change. If the old symbol is a defined symbol, a type
1655 change warning may still be appropriate. */
1657 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
1658 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1661 /* Handle the special case of an old common symbol merging with a
1662 new symbol which looks like a common symbol in a shared object.
1663 We change *PSEC and *PVALUE to make the new symbol look like a
1664 common symbol, and let _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol do the
1668 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
1672 newdyncommon
= FALSE
;
1673 *pvalue
= sym
->st_size
;
1674 *psec
= sec
= bed
->common_section (oldsec
);
1675 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1678 /* Skip weak definitions of symbols that are already defined. */
1679 if (newdef
&& olddef
&& newweak
)
1681 /* Don't skip new non-IR weak syms. */
1682 if (!(oldbfd
!= NULL
1683 && (oldbfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0
1684 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0))
1690 /* Merge st_other. If the symbol already has a dynamic index,
1691 but visibility says it should not be visible, turn it into a
1693 elf_merge_st_other (abfd
, h
, sym
, sec
, newdef
, newdyn
);
1694 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
1695 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
1699 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1704 /* If the old symbol is from a dynamic object, and the new symbol is
1705 a definition which is not from a dynamic object, then the new
1706 symbol overrides the old symbol. Symbols from regular files
1707 always take precedence over symbols from dynamic objects, even if
1708 they are defined after the dynamic object in the link.
1710 As above, we again permit a common symbol in a regular object to
1711 override a definition in a shared object if the shared object
1712 symbol is a function or is weak. */
1717 || (bfd_is_com_section (sec
)
1718 && (oldweak
|| oldfunc
)))
1723 /* Change the hash table entry to undefined, and let
1724 _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol do the right thing with the
1727 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1728 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
1729 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1732 olddyncommon
= FALSE
;
1734 /* We again permit a type change when a common symbol may be
1735 overriding a function. */
1737 if (bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
1741 /* If a common symbol overrides a function, make sure
1742 that it isn't defined dynamically nor has type
1745 h
->type
= STT_NOTYPE
;
1747 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1750 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1753 /* This union may have been set to be non-NULL when this symbol
1754 was seen in a dynamic object. We must force the union to be
1755 NULL, so that it is correct for a regular symbol. */
1756 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= NULL
;
1759 /* Handle the special case of a new common symbol merging with an
1760 old symbol that looks like it might be a common symbol defined in
1761 a shared object. Note that we have already handled the case in
1762 which a new common symbol should simply override the definition
1763 in the shared library. */
1766 && bfd_is_com_section (sec
)
1769 /* It would be best if we could set the hash table entry to a
1770 common symbol, but we don't know what to use for the section
1771 or the alignment. */
1772 (*info
->callbacks
->multiple_common
) (info
, &h
->root
, abfd
,
1773 bfd_link_hash_common
, sym
->st_size
);
1775 /* If the presumed common symbol in the dynamic object is
1776 larger, pretend that the new symbol has its size. */
1778 if (h
->size
> *pvalue
)
1781 /* We need to remember the alignment required by the symbol
1782 in the dynamic object. */
1783 BFD_ASSERT (pold_alignment
);
1784 *pold_alignment
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->alignment_power
;
1787 olddyncommon
= FALSE
;
1789 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1790 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
1792 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1793 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1795 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1798 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= NULL
;
1803 /* Handle the case where we had a versioned symbol in a dynamic
1804 library and now find a definition in a normal object. In this
1805 case, we make the versioned symbol point to the normal one. */
1806 flip
->root
.type
= h
->root
.type
;
1807 flip
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
1808 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
1809 h
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) flip
;
1810 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, flip
, h
);
1814 flip
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
1821 /* This function is called to create an indirect symbol from the
1822 default for the symbol with the default version if needed. The
1823 symbol is described by H, NAME, SYM, SEC, and VALUE. We
1824 set DYNSYM if the new indirect symbol is dynamic. */
1827 _bfd_elf_add_default_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1828 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1829 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1831 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
1835 bfd_boolean
*dynsym
)
1837 bfd_boolean type_change_ok
;
1838 bfd_boolean size_change_ok
;
1841 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
;
1842 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
1843 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1844 bfd_boolean collect
;
1845 bfd_boolean dynamic
;
1846 bfd_boolean override
;
1848 size_t len
, shortlen
;
1850 bfd_boolean matched
;
1852 if (h
->versioned
== unversioned
|| h
->versioned
== versioned_hidden
)
1855 /* If this symbol has a version, and it is the default version, we
1856 create an indirect symbol from the default name to the fully
1857 decorated name. This will cause external references which do not
1858 specify a version to be bound to this version of the symbol. */
1859 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
1860 if (h
->versioned
== unknown
)
1864 h
->versioned
= unversioned
;
1869 if (p
[1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
1871 h
->versioned
= versioned_hidden
;
1875 h
->versioned
= versioned
;
1880 /* PR ld/19073: We may see an unversioned definition after the
1886 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1887 collect
= bed
->collect
;
1888 dynamic
= (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1890 shortlen
= p
- name
;
1891 shortname
= (char *) bfd_hash_allocate (&info
->hash
->table
, shortlen
+ 1);
1892 if (shortname
== NULL
)
1894 memcpy (shortname
, name
, shortlen
);
1895 shortname
[shortlen
] = '\0';
1897 /* We are going to create a new symbol. Merge it with any existing
1898 symbol with this name. For the purposes of the merge, act as
1899 though we were defining the symbol we just defined, although we
1900 actually going to define an indirect symbol. */
1901 type_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1902 size_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1905 if (!_bfd_elf_merge_symbol (abfd
, info
, shortname
, sym
, &tmp_sec
, &value
,
1906 &hi
, poldbfd
, NULL
, NULL
, &skip
, &override
,
1907 &type_change_ok
, &size_change_ok
, &matched
))
1913 if (hi
->def_regular
)
1915 /* If the undecorated symbol will have a version added by a
1916 script different to H, then don't indirect to/from the
1917 undecorated symbol. This isn't ideal because we may not yet
1918 have seen symbol versions, if given by a script on the
1919 command line rather than via --version-script. */
1920 if (hi
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
&& info
->version_info
!= NULL
)
1925 = bfd_find_version_for_sym (info
->version_info
,
1926 hi
->root
.root
.string
, &hide
);
1927 if (hi
->verinfo
.vertree
!= NULL
&& hide
)
1929 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, hi
, TRUE
);
1933 if (hi
->verinfo
.vertree
!= NULL
1934 && strcmp (p
+ 1 + (p
[1] == '@'), hi
->verinfo
.vertree
->name
) != 0)
1940 /* Add the default symbol if not performing a relocatable link. */
1941 if (! bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
1944 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
1945 (info
, abfd
, shortname
, BSF_INDIRECT
,
1946 bfd_ind_section_ptr
,
1947 0, name
, FALSE
, collect
, &bh
)))
1949 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1954 /* In this case the symbol named SHORTNAME is overriding the
1955 indirect symbol we want to add. We were planning on making
1956 SHORTNAME an indirect symbol referring to NAME. SHORTNAME
1957 is the name without a version. NAME is the fully versioned
1958 name, and it is the default version.
1960 Overriding means that we already saw a definition for the
1961 symbol SHORTNAME in a regular object, and it is overriding
1962 the symbol defined in the dynamic object.
1964 When this happens, we actually want to change NAME, the
1965 symbol we just added, to refer to SHORTNAME. This will cause
1966 references to NAME in the shared object to become references
1967 to SHORTNAME in the regular object. This is what we expect
1968 when we override a function in a shared object: that the
1969 references in the shared object will be mapped to the
1970 definition in the regular object. */
1972 while (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
1973 || hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1974 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1976 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
1977 h
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) hi
;
1981 hi
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
1985 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, hi
))
1990 /* Now set HI to H, so that the following code will set the
1991 other fields correctly. */
1995 /* Check if HI is a warning symbol. */
1996 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1997 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1999 /* If there is a duplicate definition somewhere, then HI may not
2000 point to an indirect symbol. We will have reported an error to
2001 the user in that case. */
2003 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2005 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ht
;
2007 ht
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2008 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, ht
, hi
);
2010 /* A reference to the SHORTNAME symbol from a dynamic library
2011 will be satisfied by the versioned symbol at runtime. In
2012 effect, we have a reference to the versioned symbol. */
2013 ht
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
|= hi
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
;
2014 hi
->dynamic_def
|= ht
->dynamic_def
;
2016 /* See if the new flags lead us to realize that the symbol must
2022 if (! bfd_link_executable (info
)
2029 if (hi
->ref_regular
)
2035 /* We also need to define an indirection from the nondefault version
2039 len
= strlen (name
);
2040 shortname
= (char *) bfd_hash_allocate (&info
->hash
->table
, len
);
2041 if (shortname
== NULL
)
2043 memcpy (shortname
, name
, shortlen
);
2044 memcpy (shortname
+ shortlen
, p
+ 1, len
- shortlen
);
2046 /* Once again, merge with any existing symbol. */
2047 type_change_ok
= FALSE
;
2048 size_change_ok
= FALSE
;
2050 if (!_bfd_elf_merge_symbol (abfd
, info
, shortname
, sym
, &tmp_sec
, &value
,
2051 &hi
, poldbfd
, NULL
, NULL
, &skip
, &override
,
2052 &type_change_ok
, &size_change_ok
, &matched
))
2060 /* Here SHORTNAME is a versioned name, so we don't expect to see
2061 the type of override we do in the case above unless it is
2062 overridden by a versioned definition. */
2063 if (hi
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
2064 && hi
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2066 /* xgettext:c-format */
2067 (_("%pB: unexpected redefinition of indirect versioned symbol `%s'"),
2073 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
2074 (info
, abfd
, shortname
, BSF_INDIRECT
,
2075 bfd_ind_section_ptr
, 0, name
, FALSE
, collect
, &bh
)))
2077 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
2079 /* If there is a duplicate definition somewhere, then HI may not
2080 point to an indirect symbol. We will have reported an error
2081 to the user in that case. */
2083 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2085 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, h
, hi
);
2086 h
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
|= hi
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
;
2087 hi
->dynamic_def
|= h
->dynamic_def
;
2089 /* See if the new flags lead us to realize that the symbol
2095 if (! bfd_link_executable (info
)
2101 if (hi
->ref_regular
)
2111 /* This routine is used to export all defined symbols into the dynamic
2112 symbol table. It is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
2115 _bfd_elf_export_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2117 struct elf_info_failed
*eif
= (struct elf_info_failed
*) data
;
2119 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
2120 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2123 /* Ignore this if we won't export it. */
2124 if (!eif
->info
->export_dynamic
&& !h
->dynamic
)
2127 if (h
->dynindx
== -1
2128 && (h
->def_regular
|| h
->ref_regular
)
2129 && ! bfd_hide_sym_by_version (eif
->info
->version_info
,
2130 h
->root
.root
.string
))
2132 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (eif
->info
, h
))
2142 /* Look through the symbols which are defined in other shared
2143 libraries and referenced here. Update the list of version
2144 dependencies. This will be put into the .gnu.version_r section.
2145 This function is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
2148 _bfd_elf_link_find_version_dependencies (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2151 struct elf_find_verdep_info
*rinfo
= (struct elf_find_verdep_info
*) data
;
2152 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
2153 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
2156 /* We only care about symbols defined in shared objects with version
2161 || h
->verinfo
.verdef
== NULL
2162 || (elf_dyn_lib_class (h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
)
2163 & (DYN_AS_NEEDED
| DYN_DT_NEEDED
| DYN_NO_NEEDED
)))
2166 /* See if we already know about this version. */
2167 for (t
= elf_tdata (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
)->verref
;
2171 if (t
->vn_bfd
!= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
)
2174 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
2175 if (a
->vna_nodename
== h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_nodename
)
2181 /* This is a new version. Add it to tree we are building. */
2186 t
= (Elf_Internal_Verneed
*) bfd_zalloc (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
, amt
);
2189 rinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2193 t
->vn_bfd
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
;
2194 t
->vn_nextref
= elf_tdata (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
)->verref
;
2195 elf_tdata (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
)->verref
= t
;
2199 a
= (Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*) bfd_zalloc (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
, amt
);
2202 rinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2206 /* Note that we are copying a string pointer here, and testing it
2207 above. If bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section is ever changed to
2208 discard the string data when low in memory, this will have to be
2210 a
->vna_nodename
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_nodename
;
2212 a
->vna_flags
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_flags
;
2213 a
->vna_nextptr
= t
->vn_auxptr
;
2215 h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_exp_refno
= rinfo
->vers
;
2218 a
->vna_other
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_exp_refno
+ 1;
2225 /* Figure out appropriate versions for all the symbols. We may not
2226 have the version number script until we have read all of the input
2227 files, so until that point we don't know which symbols should be
2228 local. This function is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
2231 _bfd_elf_link_assign_sym_version (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2233 struct elf_info_failed
*sinfo
;
2234 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
2235 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2236 struct elf_info_failed eif
;
2239 sinfo
= (struct elf_info_failed
*) data
;
2242 /* Fix the symbol flags. */
2245 if (! _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags (h
, &eif
))
2248 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2252 /* We only need version numbers for symbols defined in regular
2254 if (!h
->def_regular
)
2257 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (info
->output_bfd
);
2258 p
= strchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
2259 if (p
!= NULL
&& h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
)
2261 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
2264 if (*p
== ELF_VER_CHR
)
2267 /* If there is no version string, we can just return out. */
2271 /* Look for the version. If we find it, it is no longer weak. */
2272 for (t
= sinfo
->info
->version_info
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
2274 if (strcmp (t
->name
, p
) == 0)
2278 struct bfd_elf_version_expr
*d
;
2280 len
= p
- h
->root
.root
.string
;
2281 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (len
);
2284 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2287 memcpy (alc
, h
->root
.root
.string
, len
- 1);
2288 alc
[len
- 1] = '\0';
2289 if (alc
[len
- 2] == ELF_VER_CHR
)
2290 alc
[len
- 2] = '\0';
2292 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= t
;
2296 if (t
->globals
.list
!= NULL
)
2297 d
= (*t
->match
) (&t
->globals
, NULL
, alc
);
2299 /* See if there is anything to force this symbol to
2301 if (d
== NULL
&& t
->locals
.list
!= NULL
)
2303 d
= (*t
->match
) (&t
->locals
, NULL
, alc
);
2306 && ! info
->export_dynamic
)
2307 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
2315 /* If we are building an application, we need to create a
2316 version node for this version. */
2317 if (t
== NULL
&& bfd_link_executable (info
))
2319 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
**pp
;
2322 /* If we aren't going to export this symbol, we don't need
2323 to worry about it. */
2324 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
2327 t
= (struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*) bfd_zalloc (info
->output_bfd
,
2331 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2336 t
->name_indx
= (unsigned int) -1;
2340 /* Don't count anonymous version tag. */
2341 if (sinfo
->info
->version_info
!= NULL
2342 && sinfo
->info
->version_info
->vernum
== 0)
2344 for (pp
= &sinfo
->info
->version_info
;
2348 t
->vernum
= version_index
;
2352 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= t
;
2356 /* We could not find the version for a symbol when
2357 generating a shared archive. Return an error. */
2359 /* xgettext:c-format */
2360 (_("%pB: version node not found for symbol %s"),
2361 info
->output_bfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
2362 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2363 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2368 /* If we don't have a version for this symbol, see if we can find
2370 if (h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
&& sinfo
->info
->version_info
!= NULL
)
2375 = bfd_find_version_for_sym (sinfo
->info
->version_info
,
2376 h
->root
.root
.string
, &hide
);
2377 if (h
->verinfo
.vertree
!= NULL
&& hide
)
2378 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
2384 /* Read and swap the relocs from the section indicated by SHDR. This
2385 may be either a REL or a RELA section. The relocations are
2386 translated into RELA relocations and stored in INTERNAL_RELOCS,
2387 which should have already been allocated to contain enough space.
2388 The EXTERNAL_RELOCS are a buffer where the external form of the
2389 relocations should be stored.
2391 Returns FALSE if something goes wrong. */
2394 elf_link_read_relocs_from_section (bfd
*abfd
,
2396 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
,
2397 void *external_relocs
,
2398 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
)
2400 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2401 void (*swap_in
) (bfd
*, const bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
2402 const bfd_byte
*erela
;
2403 const bfd_byte
*erelaend
;
2404 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
;
2405 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2408 /* Position ourselves at the start of the section. */
2409 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, shdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
2412 /* Read the relocations. */
2413 if (bfd_bread (external_relocs
, shdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != shdr
->sh_size
)
2416 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2417 nsyms
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
2419 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2421 /* Convert the external relocations to the internal format. */
2422 if (shdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
)
2423 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_in
;
2424 else if (shdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
)
2425 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_in
;
2428 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
2432 erela
= (const bfd_byte
*) external_relocs
;
2433 erelaend
= erela
+ shdr
->sh_size
;
2434 irela
= internal_relocs
;
2435 while (erela
< erelaend
)
2439 (*swap_in
) (abfd
, erela
, irela
);
2440 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irela
->r_info
);
2441 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64)
2445 if ((size_t) r_symndx
>= nsyms
)
2448 /* xgettext:c-format */
2449 (_("%pB: bad reloc symbol index (%#" PRIx64
" >= %#lx)"
2450 " for offset %#" PRIx64
" in section `%pA'"),
2451 abfd
, (uint64_t) r_symndx
, (unsigned long) nsyms
,
2452 (uint64_t) irela
->r_offset
, sec
);
2453 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2457 else if (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
)
2460 /* xgettext:c-format */
2461 (_("%pB: non-zero symbol index (%#" PRIx64
")"
2462 " for offset %#" PRIx64
" in section `%pA'"
2463 " when the object file has no symbol table"),
2464 abfd
, (uint64_t) r_symndx
,
2465 (uint64_t) irela
->r_offset
, sec
);
2466 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2469 irela
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
2470 erela
+= shdr
->sh_entsize
;
2476 /* Read and swap the relocs for a section O. They may have been
2477 cached. If the EXTERNAL_RELOCS and INTERNAL_RELOCS arguments are
2478 not NULL, they are used as buffers to read into. They are known to
2479 be large enough. If the INTERNAL_RELOCS relocs argument is NULL,
2480 the return value is allocated using either malloc or bfd_alloc,
2481 according to the KEEP_MEMORY argument. If O has two relocation
2482 sections (both REL and RELA relocations), then the REL_HDR
2483 relocations will appear first in INTERNAL_RELOCS, followed by the
2484 RELA_HDR relocations. */
2487 _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
2489 void *external_relocs
,
2490 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
2491 bfd_boolean keep_memory
)
2493 void *alloc1
= NULL
;
2494 Elf_Internal_Rela
*alloc2
= NULL
;
2495 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2496 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
2497 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_rela_relocs
;
2499 if (esdo
->relocs
!= NULL
)
2500 return esdo
->relocs
;
2502 if (o
->reloc_count
== 0)
2505 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
2509 size
= (bfd_size_type
) o
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
);
2511 internal_relocs
= alloc2
= (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, size
);
2513 internal_relocs
= alloc2
= (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) bfd_malloc (size
);
2514 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
2518 if (external_relocs
== NULL
)
2520 bfd_size_type size
= 0;
2523 size
+= esdo
->rel
.hdr
->sh_size
;
2525 size
+= esdo
->rela
.hdr
->sh_size
;
2527 alloc1
= bfd_malloc (size
);
2530 external_relocs
= alloc1
;
2533 internal_rela_relocs
= internal_relocs
;
2536 if (!elf_link_read_relocs_from_section (abfd
, o
, esdo
->rel
.hdr
,
2540 external_relocs
= (((bfd_byte
*) external_relocs
)
2541 + esdo
->rel
.hdr
->sh_size
);
2542 internal_rela_relocs
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdo
->rel
.hdr
)
2543 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
2547 && (!elf_link_read_relocs_from_section (abfd
, o
, esdo
->rela
.hdr
,
2549 internal_rela_relocs
)))
2552 /* Cache the results for next time, if we can. */
2554 esdo
->relocs
= internal_relocs
;
2559 /* Don't free alloc2, since if it was allocated we are passing it
2560 back (under the name of internal_relocs). */
2562 return internal_relocs
;
2570 bfd_release (abfd
, alloc2
);
2577 /* Compute the size of, and allocate space for, REL_HDR which is the
2578 section header for a section containing relocations for O. */
2581 _bfd_elf_link_size_reloc_section (bfd
*abfd
,
2582 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
)
2584 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
= reldata
->hdr
;
2586 /* That allows us to calculate the size of the section. */
2587 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* reldata
->count
;
2589 /* The contents field must last into write_object_contents, so we
2590 allocate it with bfd_alloc rather than malloc. Also since we
2591 cannot be sure that the contents will actually be filled in,
2592 we zero the allocated space. */
2593 rel_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, rel_hdr
->sh_size
);
2594 if (rel_hdr
->contents
== NULL
&& rel_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2597 if (reldata
->hashes
== NULL
&& reldata
->count
)
2599 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**p
;
2601 p
= ((struct elf_link_hash_entry
**)
2602 bfd_zmalloc (reldata
->count
* sizeof (*p
)));
2606 reldata
->hashes
= p
;
2612 /* Copy the relocations indicated by the INTERNAL_RELOCS (which
2613 originated from the section given by INPUT_REL_HDR) to the
2617 _bfd_elf_link_output_relocs (bfd
*output_bfd
,
2618 asection
*input_section
,
2619 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*input_rel_hdr
,
2620 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
2621 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash
2624 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
;
2625 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irelaend
;
2627 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*output_reldata
;
2628 asection
*output_section
;
2629 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2630 void (*swap_out
) (bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_byte
*);
2631 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
;
2633 output_section
= input_section
->output_section
;
2635 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
2636 esdo
= elf_section_data (output_section
);
2637 if (esdo
->rel
.hdr
&& esdo
->rel
.hdr
->sh_entsize
== input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
)
2639 output_reldata
= &esdo
->rel
;
2640 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
;
2642 else if (esdo
->rela
.hdr
2643 && esdo
->rela
.hdr
->sh_entsize
== input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
)
2645 output_reldata
= &esdo
->rela
;
2646 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
;
2651 /* xgettext:c-format */
2652 (_("%pB: relocation size mismatch in %pB section %pA"),
2653 output_bfd
, input_section
->owner
, input_section
);
2654 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
2658 erel
= output_reldata
->hdr
->contents
;
2659 erel
+= output_reldata
->count
* input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
2660 irela
= internal_relocs
;
2661 irelaend
= irela
+ (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
)
2662 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
2663 while (irela
< irelaend
)
2665 (*swap_out
) (output_bfd
, irela
, erel
);
2666 irela
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
2667 erel
+= input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
2670 /* Bump the counter, so that we know where to add the next set of
2672 output_reldata
->count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
);
2677 /* Make weak undefined symbols in PIE dynamic. */
2680 _bfd_elf_link_hash_fixup_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2681 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
2683 if (bfd_link_pie (info
)
2685 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2686 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);
2691 /* Fix up the flags for a symbol. This handles various cases which
2692 can only be fixed after all the input files are seen. This is
2693 currently called by both adjust_dynamic_symbol and
2694 assign_sym_version, which is unnecessary but perhaps more robust in
2695 the face of future changes. */
2698 _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2699 struct elf_info_failed
*eif
)
2701 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2703 /* If this symbol was mentioned in a non-ELF file, try to set
2704 DEF_REGULAR and REF_REGULAR correctly. This is the only way to
2705 permit a non-ELF file to correctly refer to a symbol defined in
2706 an ELF dynamic object. */
2709 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2710 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2712 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
2713 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2716 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
2720 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
2721 && (bfd_get_flavour (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
2722 == bfd_target_elf_flavour
))
2725 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
2731 if (h
->dynindx
== -1
2735 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (eif
->info
, h
))
2744 /* Unfortunately, NON_ELF is only correct if the symbol
2745 was first seen in a non-ELF file. Fortunately, if the symbol
2746 was first seen in an ELF file, we're probably OK unless the
2747 symbol was defined in a non-ELF file. Catch that case here.
2748 FIXME: We're still in trouble if the symbol was first seen in
2749 a dynamic object, and then later in a non-ELF regular object. */
2750 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2751 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2753 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
2754 ? (bfd_get_flavour (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
2755 != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
2756 : (bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)
2757 && !h
->def_dynamic
)))
2761 /* Backend specific symbol fixup. */
2762 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->dynobj
);
2763 if (bed
->elf_backend_fixup_symbol
2764 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_fixup_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
))
2767 /* If this is a final link, and the symbol was defined as a common
2768 symbol in a regular object file, and there was no definition in
2769 any dynamic object, then the linker will have allocated space for
2770 the symbol in a common section but the DEF_REGULAR
2771 flag will not have been set. */
2772 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2776 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| BFD_PLUGIN
)) == 0)
2779 /* If a weak undefined symbol has non-default visibility, we also
2780 hide it from the dynamic linker. */
2781 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
2782 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2783 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
, TRUE
);
2785 /* A hidden versioned symbol in executable should be forced local if
2786 it is is locally defined, not referenced by shared library and not
2788 else if (bfd_link_executable (eif
->info
)
2789 && h
->versioned
== versioned_hidden
2790 && !eif
->info
->export_dynamic
2794 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
, TRUE
);
2796 /* If -Bsymbolic was used (which means to bind references to global
2797 symbols to the definition within the shared object), and this
2798 symbol was defined in a regular object, then it actually doesn't
2799 need a PLT entry. Likewise, if the symbol has non-default
2800 visibility. If the symbol has hidden or internal visibility, we
2801 will force it local. */
2802 else if (h
->needs_plt
2803 && bfd_link_pic (eif
->info
)
2804 && is_elf_hash_table (eif
->info
->hash
)
2805 && (SYMBOLIC_BIND (eif
->info
, h
)
2806 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
)
2809 bfd_boolean force_local
;
2811 force_local
= (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
2812 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
);
2813 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
, force_local
);
2816 /* If this is a weak defined symbol in a dynamic object, and we know
2817 the real definition in the dynamic object, copy interesting flags
2818 over to the real definition. */
2819 if (h
->is_weakalias
)
2821 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*def
= weakdef (h
);
2823 /* If the real definition is defined by a regular object file,
2824 don't do anything special. See the longer description in
2825 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol, below. */
2826 if (def
->def_regular
)
2829 while ((h
= h
->u
.alias
) != def
)
2830 h
->is_weakalias
= 0;
2834 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2835 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2836 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2837 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
2838 BFD_ASSERT (def
->def_dynamic
);
2839 BFD_ASSERT (def
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
);
2840 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (eif
->info
, def
, h
);
2847 /* Make the backend pick a good value for a dynamic symbol. This is
2848 called via elf_link_hash_traverse, and also calls itself
2852 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2854 struct elf_info_failed
*eif
= (struct elf_info_failed
*) data
;
2855 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2856 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2858 if (! is_elf_hash_table (eif
->info
->hash
))
2861 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
2862 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2865 /* Fix the symbol flags. */
2866 if (! _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags (h
, eif
))
2869 htab
= elf_hash_table (eif
->info
);
2870 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (htab
->dynobj
);
2872 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2874 if (eif
->info
->dynamic_undefined_weak
== 0)
2875 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
, TRUE
);
2876 else if (eif
->info
->dynamic_undefined_weak
> 0
2878 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
2879 && !bfd_hide_sym_by_version (eif
->info
->version_info
,
2880 h
->root
.root
.string
))
2882 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (eif
->info
, h
))
2890 /* If this symbol does not require a PLT entry, and it is not
2891 defined by a dynamic object, or is not referenced by a regular
2892 object, ignore it. We do have to handle a weak defined symbol,
2893 even if no regular object refers to it, if we decided to add it
2894 to the dynamic symbol table. FIXME: Do we normally need to worry
2895 about symbols which are defined by one dynamic object and
2896 referenced by another one? */
2898 && h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
2902 && (!h
->is_weakalias
|| weakdef (h
)->dynindx
== -1))))
2904 h
->plt
= elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->init_plt_offset
;
2908 /* If we've already adjusted this symbol, don't do it again. This
2909 can happen via a recursive call. */
2910 if (h
->dynamic_adjusted
)
2913 /* Don't look at this symbol again. Note that we must set this
2914 after checking the above conditions, because we may look at a
2915 symbol once, decide not to do anything, and then get called
2916 recursively later after REF_REGULAR is set below. */
2917 h
->dynamic_adjusted
= 1;
2919 /* If this is a weak definition, and we know a real definition, and
2920 the real symbol is not itself defined by a regular object file,
2921 then get a good value for the real definition. We handle the
2922 real symbol first, for the convenience of the backend routine.
2924 Note that there is a confusing case here. If the real definition
2925 is defined by a regular object file, we don't get the real symbol
2926 from the dynamic object, but we do get the weak symbol. If the
2927 processor backend uses a COPY reloc, then if some routine in the
2928 dynamic object changes the real symbol, we will not see that
2929 change in the corresponding weak symbol. This is the way other
2930 ELF linkers work as well, and seems to be a result of the shared
2933 I will clarify this issue. Most SVR4 shared libraries define the
2934 variable _timezone and define timezone as a weak synonym. The
2935 tzset call changes _timezone. If you write
2936 extern int timezone;
2938 int main () { tzset (); printf ("%d %d\n", timezone, _timezone); }
2939 you might expect that, since timezone is a synonym for _timezone,
2940 the same number will print both times. However, if the processor
2941 backend uses a COPY reloc, then actually timezone will be copied
2942 into your process image, and, since you define _timezone
2943 yourself, _timezone will not. Thus timezone and _timezone will
2944 wind up at different memory locations. The tzset call will set
2945 _timezone, leaving timezone unchanged. */
2947 if (h
->is_weakalias
)
2949 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*def
= weakdef (h
);
2951 /* If we get to this point, there is an implicit reference to
2952 the alias by a regular object file via the weak symbol H. */
2953 def
->ref_regular
= 1;
2955 /* Ensure that the backend adjust_dynamic_symbol function sees
2956 the strong alias before H by recursively calling ourselves. */
2957 if (!_bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (def
, eif
))
2961 /* If a symbol has no type and no size and does not require a PLT
2962 entry, then we are probably about to do the wrong thing here: we
2963 are probably going to create a COPY reloc for an empty object.
2964 This case can arise when a shared object is built with assembly
2965 code, and the assembly code fails to set the symbol type. */
2967 && h
->type
== STT_NOTYPE
2970 (_("warning: type and size of dynamic symbol `%s' are not defined"),
2971 h
->root
.root
.string
);
2973 if (! (*bed
->elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
))
2982 /* Adjust the dynamic symbol, H, for copy in the dynamic bss section,
2986 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2987 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2990 unsigned int power_of_two
;
2992 asection
*sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
2994 /* The section alignment of the definition is the maximum alignment
2995 requirement of symbols defined in the section. Since we don't
2996 know the symbol alignment requirement, we start with the
2997 maximum alignment and check low bits of the symbol address
2998 for the minimum alignment. */
2999 power_of_two
= bfd_get_section_alignment (sec
->owner
, sec
);
3000 mask
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << power_of_two
) - 1;
3001 while ((h
->root
.u
.def
.value
& mask
) != 0)
3007 if (power_of_two
> bfd_get_section_alignment (dynbss
->owner
,
3010 /* Adjust the section alignment if needed. */
3011 if (! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynbss
->owner
, dynbss
,
3016 /* We make sure that the symbol will be aligned properly. */
3017 dynbss
->size
= BFD_ALIGN (dynbss
->size
, mask
+ 1);
3019 /* Define the symbol as being at this point in DYNBSS. */
3020 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= dynbss
;
3021 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= dynbss
->size
;
3023 /* Increment the size of DYNBSS to make room for the symbol. */
3024 dynbss
->size
+= h
->size
;
3026 /* No error if extern_protected_data is true. */
3027 if (h
->protected_def
3028 && (!info
->extern_protected_data
3029 || (info
->extern_protected_data
< 0
3030 && !get_elf_backend_data (dynbss
->owner
)->extern_protected_data
)))
3031 info
->callbacks
->einfo
3032 (_("%P: copy reloc against protected `%pT' is dangerous\n"),
3033 h
->root
.root
.string
);
3038 /* Adjust all external symbols pointing into SEC_MERGE sections
3039 to reflect the object merging within the sections. */
3042 _bfd_elf_link_sec_merge_syms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
3046 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
3047 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
3048 && ((sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
3049 && sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
3051 bfd
*output_bfd
= (bfd
*) data
;
3053 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
=
3054 _bfd_merged_section_offset (output_bfd
,
3055 &h
->root
.u
.def
.section
,
3056 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
3057 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
3063 /* Returns false if the symbol referred to by H should be considered
3064 to resolve local to the current module, and true if it should be
3065 considered to bind dynamically. */
3068 _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3069 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3070 bfd_boolean not_local_protected
)
3072 bfd_boolean binding_stays_local_p
;
3073 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3074 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
3079 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3080 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3081 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
3083 /* If it was forced local, then clearly it's not dynamic. */
3084 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
3086 if (h
->forced_local
)
3089 /* Identify the cases where name binding rules say that a
3090 visible symbol resolves locally. */
3091 binding_stays_local_p
= (bfd_link_executable (info
)
3092 || SYMBOLIC_BIND (info
, h
));
3094 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
3101 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3102 if (!is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
))
3105 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
3107 /* Proper resolution for function pointer equality may require
3108 that these symbols perhaps be resolved dynamically, even though
3109 we should be resolving them to the current module. */
3110 if (!not_local_protected
|| !bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
))
3111 binding_stays_local_p
= TRUE
;
3118 /* If it isn't defined locally, then clearly it's dynamic. */
3119 if (!h
->def_regular
&& !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
3122 /* Otherwise, the symbol is dynamic if binding rules don't tell
3123 us that it remains local. */
3124 return !binding_stays_local_p
;
3127 /* Return true if the symbol referred to by H should be considered
3128 to resolve local to the current module, and false otherwise. Differs
3129 from (the inverse of) _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p in the treatment of
3130 undefined symbols. The two functions are virtually identical except
3131 for the place where dynindx == -1 is tested. If that test is true,
3132 _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p will say the symbol is local, while
3133 _bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p will say the symbol is local only for
3135 It might seem that _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p could be rewritten as
3136 !_bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p, except that targets differ in their
3137 treatment of undefined weak symbols. For those that do not make
3138 undefined weak symbols dynamic, both functions may return false. */
3141 _bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3142 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3143 bfd_boolean local_protected
)
3145 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3146 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
3148 /* If it's a local sym, of course we resolve locally. */
3152 /* STV_HIDDEN or STV_INTERNAL ones must be local. */
3153 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
3154 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
)
3157 /* Forced local symbols resolve locally. */
3158 if (h
->forced_local
)
3161 /* Common symbols that become definitions don't get the DEF_REGULAR
3162 flag set, so test it first, and don't bail out. */
3163 if (ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
3165 /* If we don't have a definition in a regular file, then we can't
3166 resolve locally. The sym is either undefined or dynamic. */
3167 else if (!h
->def_regular
)
3170 /* Non-dynamic symbols resolve locally. */
3171 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
3174 /* At this point, we know the symbol is defined and dynamic. In an
3175 executable it must resolve locally, likewise when building symbolic
3176 shared libraries. */
3177 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) || SYMBOLIC_BIND (info
, h
))
3180 /* Now deal with defined dynamic symbols in shared libraries. Ones
3181 with default visibility might not resolve locally. */
3182 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
3185 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3186 if (!is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
))
3189 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
3191 /* If extern_protected_data is false, STV_PROTECTED non-function
3192 symbols are local. */
3193 if ((!info
->extern_protected_data
3194 || (info
->extern_protected_data
< 0
3195 && !bed
->extern_protected_data
))
3196 && !bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
))
3199 /* Function pointer equality tests may require that STV_PROTECTED
3200 symbols be treated as dynamic symbols. If the address of a
3201 function not defined in an executable is set to that function's
3202 plt entry in the executable, then the address of the function in
3203 a shared library must also be the plt entry in the executable. */
3204 return local_protected
;
3207 /* Caches some TLS segment info, and ensures that the TLS segment vma is
3208 aligned. Returns the first TLS output section. */
3210 struct bfd_section
*
3211 _bfd_elf_tls_setup (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3213 struct bfd_section
*sec
, *tls
;
3214 unsigned int align
= 0;
3216 for (sec
= obfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3217 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
3221 for (; sec
!= NULL
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0; sec
= sec
->next
)
3222 if (sec
->alignment_power
> align
)
3223 align
= sec
->alignment_power
;
3225 elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
= tls
;
3227 /* Ensure the alignment of the first section is the largest alignment,
3228 so that the tls segment starts aligned. */
3230 tls
->alignment_power
= align
;
3235 /* Return TRUE iff this is a non-common, definition of a non-function symbol. */
3237 is_global_data_symbol_definition (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
3238 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
3240 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3242 /* Local symbols do not count, but target specific ones might. */
3243 if (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) != STB_GLOBAL
3244 && ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) < STB_LOOS
)
3247 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3248 /* Function symbols do not count. */
3249 if (bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)))
3252 /* If the section is undefined, then so is the symbol. */
3253 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
3256 /* If the symbol is defined in the common section, then
3257 it is a common definition and so does not count. */
3258 if (bed
->common_definition (sym
))
3261 /* If the symbol is in a target specific section then we
3262 must rely upon the backend to tell us what it is. */
3263 if (sym
->st_shndx
>= SHN_LORESERVE
&& sym
->st_shndx
< SHN_ABS
)
3264 /* FIXME - this function is not coded yet:
3266 return _bfd_is_global_symbol_definition (abfd, sym);
3268 Instead for now assume that the definition is not global,
3269 Even if this is wrong, at least the linker will behave
3270 in the same way that it used to do. */
3276 /* Search the symbol table of the archive element of the archive ABFD
3277 whose archive map contains a mention of SYMDEF, and determine if
3278 the symbol is defined in this element. */
3280 elf_link_is_defined_archive_symbol (bfd
* abfd
, carsym
* symdef
)
3282 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* hdr
;
3286 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
3287 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
3288 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
3291 abfd
= _bfd_get_elt_at_filepos (abfd
, symdef
->file_offset
);
3295 if (! bfd_check_format (abfd
, bfd_object
))
3298 /* Select the appropriate symbol table. If we don't know if the
3299 object file is an IR object, give linker LTO plugin a chance to
3300 get the correct symbol table. */
3301 if (abfd
->plugin_format
== bfd_plugin_yes
3302 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
3303 || (abfd
->plugin_format
== bfd_plugin_unknown
3304 && bfd_link_plugin_object_p (abfd
))
3308 /* Use the IR symbol table if the object has been claimed by
3310 abfd
= abfd
->plugin_dummy_bfd
;
3311 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3313 else if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
3314 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3316 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
3318 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
3320 /* The sh_info field of the symtab header tells us where the
3321 external symbols start. We don't care about the local symbols. */
3322 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
3324 extsymcount
= symcount
;
3329 extsymcount
= symcount
- hdr
->sh_info
;
3330 extsymoff
= hdr
->sh_info
;
3333 if (extsymcount
== 0)
3336 /* Read in the symbol table. */
3337 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, extsymcount
, extsymoff
,
3339 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
3342 /* Scan the symbol table looking for SYMDEF. */
3344 for (isym
= isymbuf
, isymend
= isymbuf
+ extsymcount
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
3348 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
3353 if (strcmp (name
, symdef
->name
) == 0)
3355 result
= is_global_data_symbol_definition (abfd
, isym
);
3365 /* Add an entry to the .dynamic table. */
3368 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3372 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
3373 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3375 bfd_size_type newsize
;
3376 bfd_byte
*newcontents
;
3377 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3379 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3380 if (! is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
))
3383 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
3384 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (hash_table
->dynobj
, ".dynamic");
3385 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3387 newsize
= s
->size
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
3388 newcontents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_realloc (s
->contents
, newsize
);
3389 if (newcontents
== NULL
)
3393 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= val
;
3394 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_out (hash_table
->dynobj
, &dyn
, newcontents
+ s
->size
);
3397 s
->contents
= newcontents
;
3402 /* Add a DT_NEEDED entry for this dynamic object if DO_IT is true,
3403 otherwise just check whether one already exists. Returns -1 on error,
3404 1 if a DT_NEEDED tag already exists, and 0 on success. */
3407 elf_add_dt_needed_tag (bfd
*abfd
,
3408 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3412 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
3415 if (!_bfd_elf_link_create_dynstrtab (abfd
, info
))
3418 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3419 strindex
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (hash_table
->dynstr
, soname
, FALSE
);
3420 if (strindex
== (size_t) -1)
3423 if (_bfd_elf_strtab_refcount (hash_table
->dynstr
, strindex
) != 1)
3426 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3429 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
3430 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (hash_table
->dynobj
, ".dynamic");
3432 for (extdyn
= sdyn
->contents
;
3433 extdyn
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
3434 extdyn
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
3436 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3438 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (hash_table
->dynobj
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
3439 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
3440 && dyn
.d_un
.d_val
== strindex
)
3442 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (hash_table
->dynstr
, strindex
);
3450 if (!_bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (hash_table
->dynobj
, info
))
3453 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_NEEDED
, strindex
))
3457 /* We were just checking for existence of the tag. */
3458 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (hash_table
->dynstr
, strindex
);
3463 /* Return true if SONAME is on the needed list between NEEDED and STOP
3464 (or the end of list if STOP is NULL), and needed by a library that
3468 on_needed_list (const char *soname
,
3469 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*needed
,
3470 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*stop
)
3472 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*look
;
3473 for (look
= needed
; look
!= stop
; look
= look
->next
)
3474 if (strcmp (soname
, look
->name
) == 0
3475 && ((elf_dyn_lib_class (look
->by
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) == 0
3476 /* If needed by a library that itself is not directly
3477 needed, recursively check whether that library is
3478 indirectly needed. Since we add DT_NEEDED entries to
3479 the end of the list, library dependencies appear after
3480 the library. Therefore search prior to the current
3481 LOOK, preventing possible infinite recursion. */
3482 || on_needed_list (elf_dt_name (look
->by
), needed
, look
)))
3488 /* Sort symbol by value, section, and size. */
3490 elf_sort_symbol (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
3492 const struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h1
;
3493 const struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h2
;
3494 bfd_signed_vma vdiff
;
3496 h1
= *(const struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) arg1
;
3497 h2
= *(const struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) arg2
;
3498 vdiff
= h1
->root
.u
.def
.value
- h2
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
3500 return vdiff
> 0 ? 1 : -1;
3503 int sdiff
= h1
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
- h2
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
;
3505 return sdiff
> 0 ? 1 : -1;
3507 vdiff
= h1
->size
- h2
->size
;
3508 return vdiff
== 0 ? 0 : vdiff
> 0 ? 1 : -1;
3511 /* This function is used to adjust offsets into .dynstr for
3512 dynamic symbols. This is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
3515 elf_adjust_dynstr_offsets (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
3517 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
= (struct elf_strtab_hash
*) data
;
3519 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
3520 h
->dynstr_index
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
, h
->dynstr_index
);
3524 /* Assign string offsets in .dynstr, update all structures referencing
3528 elf_finalize_dynstr (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3530 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3531 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*entry
;
3532 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
= hash_table
->dynstr
;
3533 bfd
*dynobj
= hash_table
->dynobj
;
3536 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3539 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (dynstr
);
3540 size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (dynstr
);
3542 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
);
3543 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
3544 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
3546 /* Update all .dynamic entries referencing .dynstr strings. */
3547 for (extdyn
= sdyn
->contents
;
3548 extdyn
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
3549 extdyn
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
3551 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3553 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
3557 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= size
;
3567 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
, dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
3572 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_out (dynobj
, &dyn
, extdyn
);
3575 /* Now update local dynamic symbols. */
3576 for (entry
= hash_table
->dynlocal
; entry
; entry
= entry
->next
)
3577 entry
->isym
.st_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
,
3578 entry
->isym
.st_name
);
3580 /* And the rest of dynamic symbols. */
3581 elf_link_hash_traverse (hash_table
, elf_adjust_dynstr_offsets
, dynstr
);
3583 /* Adjust version definitions. */
3584 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
)
3589 Elf_Internal_Verdef def
;
3590 Elf_Internal_Verdaux defaux
;
3592 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_d");
3596 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (output_bfd
, (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
,
3598 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
3599 if (def
.vd_aux
!= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
))
3601 for (i
= 0; i
< def
.vd_cnt
; ++i
)
3603 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (output_bfd
,
3604 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
, &defaux
);
3605 defaux
.vda_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
,
3607 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
,
3608 &defaux
, (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
3609 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
3612 while (def
.vd_next
);
3615 /* Adjust version references. */
3616 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
)
3621 Elf_Internal_Verneed need
;
3622 Elf_Internal_Vernaux needaux
;
3624 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_r");
3628 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (output_bfd
, (Elf_External_Verneed
*) p
,
3630 need
.vn_file
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
, need
.vn_file
);
3631 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (output_bfd
, &need
,
3632 (Elf_External_Verneed
*) p
);
3633 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
3634 for (i
= 0; i
< need
.vn_cnt
; ++i
)
3636 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (output_bfd
,
3637 (Elf_External_Vernaux
*) p
, &needaux
);
3638 needaux
.vna_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
,
3640 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (output_bfd
,
3642 (Elf_External_Vernaux
*) p
);
3643 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
3646 while (need
.vn_next
);
3652 /* Return TRUE iff relocations for INPUT are compatible with OUTPUT.
3653 The default is to only match when the INPUT and OUTPUT are exactly
3657 _bfd_elf_default_relocs_compatible (const bfd_target
*input
,
3658 const bfd_target
*output
)
3660 return input
== output
;
3663 /* Return TRUE iff relocations for INPUT are compatible with OUTPUT.
3664 This version is used when different targets for the same architecture
3665 are virtually identical. */
3668 _bfd_elf_relocs_compatible (const bfd_target
*input
,
3669 const bfd_target
*output
)
3671 const struct elf_backend_data
*obed
, *ibed
;
3673 if (input
== output
)
3676 ibed
= xvec_get_elf_backend_data (input
);
3677 obed
= xvec_get_elf_backend_data (output
);
3679 if (ibed
->arch
!= obed
->arch
)
3682 /* If both backends are using this function, deem them compatible. */
3683 return ibed
->relocs_compatible
== obed
->relocs_compatible
;
3686 /* Make a special call to the linker "notice" function to tell it that
3687 we are about to handle an as-needed lib, or have finished
3688 processing the lib. */
3691 _bfd_elf_notice_as_needed (bfd
*ibfd
,
3692 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3693 enum notice_asneeded_action act
)
3695 return (*info
->callbacks
->notice
) (info
, NULL
, NULL
, ibfd
, NULL
, act
, 0);
3698 /* Check relocations an ELF object file. */
3701 _bfd_elf_link_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3703 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3704 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3706 /* If this object is the same format as the output object, and it is
3707 not a shared library, then let the backend look through the
3710 This is required to build global offset table entries and to
3711 arrange for dynamic relocs. It is not required for the
3712 particular common case of linking non PIC code, even when linking
3713 against shared libraries, but unfortunately there is no way of
3714 knowing whether an object file has been compiled PIC or not.
3715 Looking through the relocs is not particularly time consuming.
3716 The problem is that we must either (1) keep the relocs in memory,
3717 which causes the linker to require additional runtime memory or
3718 (2) read the relocs twice from the input file, which wastes time.
3719 This would be a good case for using mmap.
3721 I have no idea how to handle linking PIC code into a file of a
3722 different format. It probably can't be done. */
3723 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
3724 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
3725 && bed
->check_relocs
!= NULL
3726 && elf_object_id (abfd
) == elf_hash_table_id (htab
)
3727 && (*bed
->relocs_compatible
) (abfd
->xvec
, info
->output_bfd
->xvec
))
3731 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
3733 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
3736 /* Don't check relocations in excluded sections. */
3737 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
3738 || (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0
3739 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
3740 || ((info
->strip
== strip_all
|| info
->strip
== strip_debugger
)
3741 && (o
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
3742 || bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
3745 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
3747 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
3750 ok
= (*bed
->check_relocs
) (abfd
, info
, o
, internal_relocs
);
3752 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
3753 free (internal_relocs
);
3763 /* Add symbols from an ELF object file to the linker hash table. */
3766 elf_link_add_object_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3768 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*ehdr
;
3769 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
3773 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hash
;
3774 bfd_boolean dynamic
;
3775 Elf_External_Versym
*extversym
= NULL
;
3776 Elf_External_Versym
*ever
;
3777 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*weaks
;
3778 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**nondeflt_vers
= NULL
;
3779 size_t nondeflt_vers_cnt
= 0;
3780 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
3781 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
3782 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
3783 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3784 bfd_boolean add_needed
;
3785 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3787 void *alloc_mark
= NULL
;
3788 struct bfd_hash_entry
**old_table
= NULL
;
3789 unsigned int old_size
= 0;
3790 unsigned int old_count
= 0;
3791 void *old_tab
= NULL
;
3793 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*old_undefs
= NULL
;
3794 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*old_undefs_tail
= NULL
;
3795 void *old_strtab
= NULL
;
3798 bfd_boolean just_syms
;
3800 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3801 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3803 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
3809 /* You can't use -r against a dynamic object. Also, there's no
3810 hope of using a dynamic object which does not exactly match
3811 the format of the output file. */
3812 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
3813 || !is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
3814 || info
->output_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
)
3816 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
3817 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
3819 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
3824 ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
3825 if (info
->warn_alternate_em
3826 && bed
->elf_machine_code
!= ehdr
->e_machine
3827 && ((bed
->elf_machine_alt1
!= 0
3828 && ehdr
->e_machine
== bed
->elf_machine_alt1
)
3829 || (bed
->elf_machine_alt2
!= 0
3830 && ehdr
->e_machine
== bed
->elf_machine_alt2
)))
3832 /* xgettext:c-format */
3833 (_("alternate ELF machine code found (%d) in %pB, expecting %d"),
3834 ehdr
->e_machine
, abfd
, bed
->elf_machine_code
);
3836 /* As a GNU extension, any input sections which are named
3837 .gnu.warning.SYMBOL are treated as warning symbols for the given
3838 symbol. This differs from .gnu.warning sections, which generate
3839 warnings when they are included in an output file. */
3840 /* PR 12761: Also generate this warning when building shared libraries. */
3841 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3845 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, s
);
3846 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.warning."))
3851 name
+= sizeof ".gnu.warning." - 1;
3853 /* If this is a shared object, then look up the symbol
3854 in the hash table. If it is there, and it is already
3855 been defined, then we will not be using the entry
3856 from this shared object, so we don't need to warn.
3857 FIXME: If we see the definition in a regular object
3858 later on, we will warn, but we shouldn't. The only
3859 fix is to keep track of what warnings we are supposed
3860 to emit, and then handle them all at the end of the
3864 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3866 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
3868 /* FIXME: What about bfd_link_hash_common? */
3870 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
3871 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
3876 msg
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sz
+ 1);
3880 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, s
, msg
, 0, sz
))
3885 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
3886 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_WARNING
, s
, 0, msg
,
3887 FALSE
, bed
->collect
, NULL
)))
3890 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
3892 /* Clobber the section size so that the warning does
3893 not get copied into the output file. */
3896 /* Also set SEC_EXCLUDE, so that symbols defined in
3897 the warning section don't get copied to the output. */
3898 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
3903 just_syms
= ((s
= abfd
->sections
) != NULL
3904 && s
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
);
3909 /* If we are creating a shared library, create all the dynamic
3910 sections immediately. We need to attach them to something,
3911 so we attach them to this BFD, provided it is the right
3912 format and is not from ld --just-symbols. Always create the
3913 dynamic sections for -E/--dynamic-list. FIXME: If there
3914 are no input BFD's of the same format as the output, we can't
3915 make a shared library. */
3917 && (bfd_link_pic (info
)
3918 || (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
3920 && (info
->export_dynamic
|| info
->dynamic
)))
3921 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
3922 && info
->output_bfd
->xvec
== abfd
->xvec
3923 && !htab
->dynamic_sections_created
)
3925 if (! _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
))
3929 else if (!is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
3933 const char *soname
= NULL
;
3935 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*rpath
= NULL
, *runpath
= NULL
;
3936 const Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdr
;
3939 /* ld --just-symbols and dynamic objects don't mix very well.
3940 ld shouldn't allow it. */
3944 /* If this dynamic lib was specified on the command line with
3945 --as-needed in effect, then we don't want to add a DT_NEEDED
3946 tag unless the lib is actually used. Similary for libs brought
3947 in by another lib's DT_NEEDED. When --no-add-needed is used
3948 on a dynamic lib, we don't want to add a DT_NEEDED entry for
3949 any dynamic library in DT_NEEDED tags in the dynamic lib at
3951 add_needed
= (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
)
3952 & (DYN_AS_NEEDED
| DYN_DT_NEEDED
3953 | DYN_NO_NEEDED
)) == 0;
3955 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
3960 unsigned int elfsec
;
3961 unsigned long shlink
;
3963 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
3970 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
3971 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
3972 goto error_free_dyn
;
3973 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
3975 for (extdyn
= dynbuf
;
3976 extdyn
< dynbuf
+ s
->size
;
3977 extdyn
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
3979 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3981 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
3982 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_SONAME
)
3984 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
3985 soname
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
3987 goto error_free_dyn
;
3989 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
)
3991 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*n
, **pn
;
3993 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
3995 amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_link_needed_list
);
3996 n
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3997 fnm
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
3998 if (n
== NULL
|| fnm
== NULL
)
3999 goto error_free_dyn
;
4000 amt
= strlen (fnm
) + 1;
4001 anm
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4003 goto error_free_dyn
;
4004 memcpy (anm
, fnm
, amt
);
4008 for (pn
= &htab
->needed
; *pn
!= NULL
; pn
= &(*pn
)->next
)
4012 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RUNPATH
)
4014 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*n
, **pn
;
4016 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
4018 amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_link_needed_list
);
4019 n
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4020 fnm
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
4021 if (n
== NULL
|| fnm
== NULL
)
4022 goto error_free_dyn
;
4023 amt
= strlen (fnm
) + 1;
4024 anm
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4026 goto error_free_dyn
;
4027 memcpy (anm
, fnm
, amt
);
4031 for (pn
= & runpath
;
4037 /* Ignore DT_RPATH if we have seen DT_RUNPATH. */
4038 if (!runpath
&& dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RPATH
)
4040 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*n
, **pn
;
4042 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
4044 amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_link_needed_list
);
4045 n
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4046 fnm
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
4047 if (n
== NULL
|| fnm
== NULL
)
4048 goto error_free_dyn
;
4049 amt
= strlen (fnm
) + 1;
4050 anm
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4052 goto error_free_dyn
;
4053 memcpy (anm
, fnm
, amt
);
4063 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_AUDIT
)
4065 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
4066 audit
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
4073 /* DT_RUNPATH overrides DT_RPATH. Do _NOT_ bfd_release, as that
4074 frees all more recently bfd_alloc'd blocks as well. */
4080 struct bfd_link_needed_list
**pn
;
4081 for (pn
= &htab
->runpath
; *pn
!= NULL
; pn
= &(*pn
)->next
)
4086 /* If we have a PT_GNU_RELRO program header, mark as read-only
4087 all sections contained fully therein. This makes relro
4088 shared library sections appear as they will at run-time. */
4089 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
+ elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
4090 while (--phdr
>= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
)
4091 if (phdr
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
4093 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4094 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
4095 && s
->vma
>= phdr
->p_vaddr
4096 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= phdr
->p_vaddr
+ phdr
->p_memsz
)
4097 s
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
4101 /* We do not want to include any of the sections in a dynamic
4102 object in the output file. We hack by simply clobbering the
4103 list of sections in the BFD. This could be handled more
4104 cleanly by, say, a new section flag; the existing
4105 SEC_NEVER_LOAD flag is not the one we want, because that one
4106 still implies that the section takes up space in the output
4108 bfd_section_list_clear (abfd
);
4110 /* Find the name to use in a DT_NEEDED entry that refers to this
4111 object. If the object has a DT_SONAME entry, we use it.
4112 Otherwise, if the generic linker stuck something in
4113 elf_dt_name, we use that. Otherwise, we just use the file
4115 if (soname
== NULL
|| *soname
== '\0')
4117 soname
= elf_dt_name (abfd
);
4118 if (soname
== NULL
|| *soname
== '\0')
4119 soname
= bfd_get_filename (abfd
);
4122 /* Save the SONAME because sometimes the linker emulation code
4123 will need to know it. */
4124 elf_dt_name (abfd
) = soname
;
4126 ret
= elf_add_dt_needed_tag (abfd
, info
, soname
, add_needed
);
4130 /* If we have already included this dynamic object in the
4131 link, just ignore it. There is no reason to include a
4132 particular dynamic object more than once. */
4136 /* Save the DT_AUDIT entry for the linker emulation code. */
4137 elf_dt_audit (abfd
) = audit
;
4140 /* If this is a dynamic object, we always link against the .dynsym
4141 symbol table, not the .symtab symbol table. The dynamic linker
4142 will only see the .dynsym symbol table, so there is no reason to
4143 look at .symtab for a dynamic object. */
4145 if (! dynamic
|| elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
4146 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
4148 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
4150 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
4152 /* The sh_info field of the symtab header tells us where the
4153 external symbols start. We don't care about the local symbols at
4155 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
4157 extsymcount
= symcount
;
4162 extsymcount
= symcount
- hdr
->sh_info
;
4163 extsymoff
= hdr
->sh_info
;
4166 sym_hash
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
4167 if (extsymcount
!= 0)
4169 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, extsymcount
, extsymoff
,
4171 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
4174 if (sym_hash
== NULL
)
4176 /* We store a pointer to the hash table entry for each
4179 amt
*= sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
4180 sym_hash
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4181 if (sym_hash
== NULL
)
4182 goto error_free_sym
;
4183 elf_sym_hashes (abfd
) = sym_hash
;
4189 /* Read in any version definitions. */
4190 if (!_bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd
,
4191 info
->default_imported_symver
))
4192 goto error_free_sym
;
4194 /* Read in the symbol versions, but don't bother to convert them
4195 to internal format. */
4196 if (elf_dynversym (abfd
) != 0)
4198 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*versymhdr
;
4200 versymhdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_hdr
;
4201 extversym
= (Elf_External_Versym
*) bfd_malloc (versymhdr
->sh_size
);
4202 if (extversym
== NULL
)
4203 goto error_free_sym
;
4204 amt
= versymhdr
->sh_size
;
4205 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, versymhdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
4206 || bfd_bread (extversym
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
)
4207 goto error_free_vers
;
4211 /* If we are loading an as-needed shared lib, save the symbol table
4212 state before we start adding symbols. If the lib turns out
4213 to be unneeded, restore the state. */
4214 if ((elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) != 0)
4219 for (entsize
= 0, i
= 0; i
< htab
->root
.table
.size
; i
++)
4221 struct bfd_hash_entry
*p
;
4222 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4224 for (p
= htab
->root
.table
.table
[i
]; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
4226 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
4227 entsize
+= htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4228 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4229 entsize
+= htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4233 tabsize
= htab
->root
.table
.size
* sizeof (struct bfd_hash_entry
*);
4234 old_tab
= bfd_malloc (tabsize
+ entsize
);
4235 if (old_tab
== NULL
)
4236 goto error_free_vers
;
4238 /* Remember the current objalloc pointer, so that all mem for
4239 symbols added can later be reclaimed. */
4240 alloc_mark
= bfd_hash_allocate (&htab
->root
.table
, 1);
4241 if (alloc_mark
== NULL
)
4242 goto error_free_vers
;
4244 /* Make a special call to the linker "notice" function to
4245 tell it that we are about to handle an as-needed lib. */
4246 if (!(*bed
->notice_as_needed
) (abfd
, info
, notice_as_needed
))
4247 goto error_free_vers
;
4249 /* Clone the symbol table. Remember some pointers into the
4250 symbol table, and dynamic symbol count. */
4251 old_ent
= (char *) old_tab
+ tabsize
;
4252 memcpy (old_tab
, htab
->root
.table
.table
, tabsize
);
4253 old_undefs
= htab
->root
.undefs
;
4254 old_undefs_tail
= htab
->root
.undefs_tail
;
4255 old_table
= htab
->root
.table
.table
;
4256 old_size
= htab
->root
.table
.size
;
4257 old_count
= htab
->root
.table
.count
;
4258 old_strtab
= _bfd_elf_strtab_save (htab
->dynstr
);
4259 if (old_strtab
== NULL
)
4260 goto error_free_vers
;
4262 for (i
= 0; i
< htab
->root
.table
.size
; i
++)
4264 struct bfd_hash_entry
*p
;
4265 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4267 for (p
= htab
->root
.table
.table
[i
]; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
4269 memcpy (old_ent
, p
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
4270 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4271 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
4272 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4274 memcpy (old_ent
, h
->root
.u
.i
.link
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
4275 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4282 ever
= extversym
!= NULL
? extversym
+ extsymoff
: NULL
;
4283 for (isym
= isymbuf
, isymend
= isymbuf
+ extsymcount
;
4285 isym
++, sym_hash
++, ever
= (ever
!= NULL
? ever
+ 1 : NULL
))
4289 asection
*sec
, *new_sec
;
4292 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4293 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
;
4294 bfd_boolean definition
;
4295 bfd_boolean size_change_ok
;
4296 bfd_boolean type_change_ok
;
4297 bfd_boolean new_weak
;
4298 bfd_boolean old_weak
;
4299 bfd_boolean override
;
4301 bfd_boolean discarded
;
4302 unsigned int old_alignment
;
4304 bfd_boolean matched
;
4308 flags
= BSF_NO_FLAGS
;
4310 value
= isym
->st_value
;
4311 common
= bed
->common_definition (isym
);
4312 if (common
&& info
->inhibit_common_definition
)
4314 /* Treat common symbol as undefined for --no-define-common. */
4315 isym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
4320 bind
= ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
);
4324 /* This should be impossible, since ELF requires that all
4325 global symbols follow all local symbols, and that sh_info
4326 point to the first global symbol. Unfortunately, Irix 5
4331 if (isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
&& !common
)
4339 case STB_GNU_UNIQUE
:
4340 flags
= BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
;
4344 /* Leave it up to the processor backend. */
4348 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
4349 sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
4350 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
4351 sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
4352 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
4354 sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
4355 /* What ELF calls the size we call the value. What ELF
4356 calls the value we call the alignment. */
4357 value
= isym
->st_size
;
4361 sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
4363 sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
4364 else if (discarded_section (sec
))
4366 /* Symbols from discarded section are undefined. We keep
4368 sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
4370 isym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
4372 else if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) != 0)
4376 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
4379 goto error_free_vers
;
4381 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
4382 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
4384 asection
*xc
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, "COMMON");
4388 flagword sflags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_IS_COMMON
| SEC_KEEP
4390 xc
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, "COMMON", sflags
);
4392 goto error_free_vers
;
4396 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
4397 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
4398 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
4400 asection
*tcomm
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".tcommon");
4404 flagword sflags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_IS_COMMON
4405 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
4406 tcomm
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".tcommon", sflags
);
4408 goto error_free_vers
;
4412 else if (bed
->elf_add_symbol_hook
)
4414 if (! (*bed
->elf_add_symbol_hook
) (abfd
, info
, isym
, &name
, &flags
,
4416 goto error_free_vers
;
4418 /* The hook function sets the name to NULL if this symbol
4419 should be skipped for some reason. */
4424 /* Sanity check that all possibilities were handled. */
4427 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4428 goto error_free_vers
;
4431 /* Silently discard TLS symbols from --just-syms. There's
4432 no way to combine a static TLS block with a new TLS block
4433 for this executable. */
4434 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
4435 && sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
4438 if (bfd_is_und_section (sec
)
4439 || bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
4444 size_change_ok
= FALSE
;
4445 type_change_ok
= bed
->type_change_ok
;
4452 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
4454 Elf_Internal_Versym iver
;
4455 unsigned int vernum
= 0;
4460 if (info
->default_imported_symver
)
4461 /* Use the default symbol version created earlier. */
4462 iver
.vs_vers
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
;
4467 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (abfd
, ever
, &iver
);
4469 vernum
= iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_VERSION
;
4471 /* If this is a hidden symbol, or if it is not version
4472 1, we append the version name to the symbol name.
4473 However, we do not modify a non-hidden absolute symbol
4474 if it is not a function, because it might be the version
4475 symbol itself. FIXME: What if it isn't? */
4476 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) != 0
4478 && (!bfd_is_abs_section (sec
)
4479 || bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
)))))
4482 size_t namelen
, verlen
, newlen
;
4485 if (isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
4487 if (vernum
> elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
)
4489 else if (vernum
> 1)
4491 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1].vd_nodename
;
4498 /* xgettext:c-format */
4499 (_("%pB: %s: invalid version %u (max %d)"),
4501 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
);
4502 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4503 goto error_free_vers
;
4508 /* We cannot simply test for the number of
4509 entries in the VERNEED section since the
4510 numbers for the needed versions do not start
4512 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
4515 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
4519 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
4521 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
4523 if (a
->vna_other
== vernum
)
4525 verstr
= a
->vna_nodename
;
4535 /* xgettext:c-format */
4536 (_("%pB: %s: invalid needed version %d"),
4537 abfd
, name
, vernum
);
4538 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4539 goto error_free_vers
;
4543 namelen
= strlen (name
);
4544 verlen
= strlen (verstr
);
4545 newlen
= namelen
+ verlen
+ 2;
4546 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0
4547 && isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
4550 newname
= (char *) bfd_hash_allocate (&htab
->root
.table
, newlen
);
4551 if (newname
== NULL
)
4552 goto error_free_vers
;
4553 memcpy (newname
, name
, namelen
);
4554 p
= newname
+ namelen
;
4556 /* If this is a defined non-hidden version symbol,
4557 we add another @ to the name. This indicates the
4558 default version of the symbol. */
4559 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0
4560 && isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
4562 memcpy (p
, verstr
, verlen
+ 1);
4567 /* If this symbol has default visibility and the user has
4568 requested we not re-export it, then mark it as hidden. */
4569 if (!bfd_is_und_section (sec
)
4572 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (isym
->st_other
) != STV_INTERNAL
)
4573 isym
->st_other
= (STV_HIDDEN
4574 | (isym
->st_other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)));
4576 if (!_bfd_elf_merge_symbol (abfd
, info
, name
, isym
, &sec
, &value
,
4577 sym_hash
, &old_bfd
, &old_weak
,
4578 &old_alignment
, &skip
, &override
,
4579 &type_change_ok
, &size_change_ok
,
4581 goto error_free_vers
;
4586 /* Override a definition only if the new symbol matches the
4588 if (override
&& matched
)
4592 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4593 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4594 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4596 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
!= NULL
4599 h
->verinfo
.verdef
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1];
4602 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4603 (info
, abfd
, name
, flags
, sec
, value
, NULL
, FALSE
, bed
->collect
,
4604 (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
**) sym_hash
)))
4605 goto error_free_vers
;
4607 if ((flags
& BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)
4608 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
4609 && bfd_get_flavour (info
->output_bfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
4610 elf_tdata (info
->output_bfd
)->has_gnu_symbols
|= elf_gnu_symbol_unique
;
4613 /* We need to make sure that indirect symbol dynamic flags are
4616 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4617 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4618 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4620 /* Setting the index to -3 tells elf_link_output_extsym that
4621 this symbol is defined in a discarded section. */
4627 new_weak
= (flags
& BSF_WEAK
) != 0;
4631 && !bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
))
4632 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
4633 && h
->u
.alias
== NULL
)
4635 /* Keep a list of all weak defined non function symbols from
4636 a dynamic object, using the alias field. Later in this
4637 function we will set the alias field to the correct
4638 value. We only put non-function symbols from dynamic
4639 objects on this list, because that happens to be the only
4640 time we need to know the normal symbol corresponding to a
4641 weak symbol, and the information is time consuming to
4642 figure out. If the alias field is not already NULL,
4643 then this symbol was already defined by some previous
4644 dynamic object, and we will be using that previous
4645 definition anyhow. */
4651 /* Set the alignment of a common symbol. */
4652 if ((common
|| bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
4653 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4658 align
= bfd_log2 (isym
->st_value
);
4661 /* The new symbol is a common symbol in a shared object.
4662 We need to get the alignment from the section. */
4663 align
= new_sec
->alignment_power
;
4665 if (align
> old_alignment
)
4666 h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
= align
;
4668 h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
= old_alignment
;
4671 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
4673 /* Set a flag in the hash table entry indicating the type of
4674 reference or definition we just found. A dynamic symbol
4675 is one which is referenced or defined by both a regular
4676 object and a shared object. */
4677 bfd_boolean dynsym
= FALSE
;
4679 /* Plugin symbols aren't normal. Don't set def_regular or
4680 ref_regular for them, or make them dynamic. */
4681 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
4688 if (bind
!= STB_WEAK
)
4689 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
4701 /* If the indirect symbol has been forced local, don't
4702 make the real symbol dynamic. */
4703 if ((h
== hi
|| !hi
->forced_local
)
4704 && (bfd_link_dll (info
)
4714 hi
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
4719 hi
->def_dynamic
= 1;
4722 /* If the indirect symbol has been forced local, don't
4723 make the real symbol dynamic. */
4724 if ((h
== hi
|| !hi
->forced_local
)
4728 && weakdef (h
)->dynindx
!= -1)))
4732 /* Check to see if we need to add an indirect symbol for
4733 the default name. */
4735 || (!override
&& h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
))
4736 if (!_bfd_elf_add_default_symbol (abfd
, info
, h
, name
, isym
,
4737 sec
, value
, &old_bfd
, &dynsym
))
4738 goto error_free_vers
;
4740 /* Check the alignment when a common symbol is involved. This
4741 can change when a common symbol is overridden by a normal
4742 definition or a common symbol is ignored due to the old
4743 normal definition. We need to make sure the maximum
4744 alignment is maintained. */
4745 if ((old_alignment
|| common
)
4746 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_common
)
4748 unsigned int common_align
;
4749 unsigned int normal_align
;
4750 unsigned int symbol_align
;
4754 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4755 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
4757 symbol_align
= ffs (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
) - 1;
4758 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
4759 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
4760 & (DYNAMIC
| BFD_PLUGIN
)) == 0)
4762 normal_align
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->alignment_power
;
4763 if (normal_align
> symbol_align
)
4764 normal_align
= symbol_align
;
4767 normal_align
= symbol_align
;
4771 common_align
= old_alignment
;
4772 common_bfd
= old_bfd
;
4777 common_align
= bfd_log2 (isym
->st_value
);
4779 normal_bfd
= old_bfd
;
4782 if (normal_align
< common_align
)
4784 /* PR binutils/2735 */
4785 if (normal_bfd
== NULL
)
4787 /* xgettext:c-format */
4788 (_("warning: alignment %u of common symbol `%s' in %pB is"
4789 " greater than the alignment (%u) of its section %pA"),
4790 1 << common_align
, name
, common_bfd
,
4791 1 << normal_align
, h
->root
.u
.def
.section
);
4794 /* xgettext:c-format */
4795 (_("warning: alignment %u of symbol `%s' in %pB"
4796 " is smaller than %u in %pB"),
4797 1 << normal_align
, name
, normal_bfd
,
4798 1 << common_align
, common_bfd
);
4802 /* Remember the symbol size if it isn't undefined. */
4803 if (isym
->st_size
!= 0
4804 && isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
4805 && (definition
|| h
->size
== 0))
4808 && h
->size
!= isym
->st_size
4809 && ! size_change_ok
)
4811 /* xgettext:c-format */
4812 (_("warning: size of symbol `%s' changed"
4813 " from %" PRIu64
" in %pB to %" PRIu64
" in %pB"),
4814 name
, (uint64_t) h
->size
, old_bfd
,
4815 (uint64_t) isym
->st_size
, abfd
);
4817 h
->size
= isym
->st_size
;
4820 /* If this is a common symbol, then we always want H->SIZE
4821 to be the size of the common symbol. The code just above
4822 won't fix the size if a common symbol becomes larger. We
4823 don't warn about a size change here, because that is
4824 covered by --warn-common. Allow changes between different
4826 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4827 h
->size
= h
->root
.u
.c
.size
;
4829 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) != STT_NOTYPE
4830 && ((definition
&& !new_weak
)
4831 || (old_weak
&& h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4832 || h
->type
== STT_NOTYPE
))
4834 unsigned int type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
);
4836 /* Turn an IFUNC symbol from a DSO into a normal FUNC
4838 if (type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
4839 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
4842 if (h
->type
!= type
)
4844 if (h
->type
!= STT_NOTYPE
&& ! type_change_ok
)
4845 /* xgettext:c-format */
4847 (_("warning: type of symbol `%s' changed"
4848 " from %d to %d in %pB"),
4849 name
, h
->type
, type
, abfd
);
4855 /* Merge st_other field. */
4856 elf_merge_st_other (abfd
, h
, isym
, sec
, definition
, dynamic
);
4858 /* We don't want to make debug symbol dynamic. */
4860 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
4861 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
4864 /* Nor should we make plugin symbols dynamic. */
4865 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
4870 h
->target_internal
= isym
->st_target_internal
;
4871 h
->unique_global
= (flags
& BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
) != 0;
4874 if (definition
&& !dynamic
)
4876 char *p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
4877 if (p
!= NULL
&& p
[1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
4879 /* Queue non-default versions so that .symver x, x@FOO
4880 aliases can be checked. */
4883 amt
= ((isymend
- isym
+ 1)
4884 * sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*));
4886 = (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
4888 goto error_free_vers
;
4890 nondeflt_vers
[nondeflt_vers_cnt
++] = h
;
4894 if (dynsym
&& h
->dynindx
== -1)
4896 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
4897 goto error_free_vers
;
4899 && weakdef (h
)->dynindx
== -1)
4901 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, weakdef (h
)))
4902 goto error_free_vers
;
4905 else if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
4906 /* If the symbol already has a dynamic index, but
4907 visibility says it should not be visible, turn it into
4909 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
4913 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
4918 /* Don't add DT_NEEDED for references from the dummy bfd nor
4919 for unmatched symbol. */
4924 && h
->ref_regular_nonweak
4926 || (old_bfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0))
4927 || (h
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
4928 && (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) != 0
4929 && !on_needed_list (elf_dt_name (abfd
),
4930 htab
->needed
, NULL
))))
4933 const char *soname
= elf_dt_name (abfd
);
4935 info
->callbacks
->minfo ("%!", soname
, old_bfd
,
4936 h
->root
.root
.string
);
4938 /* A symbol from a library loaded via DT_NEEDED of some
4939 other library is referenced by a regular object.
4940 Add a DT_NEEDED entry for it. Issue an error if
4941 --no-add-needed is used and the reference was not
4944 && (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_NO_NEEDED
) != 0)
4947 /* xgettext:c-format */
4948 (_("%pB: undefined reference to symbol '%s'"),
4950 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_missing_dso
);
4951 goto error_free_vers
;
4954 elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) = (enum dynamic_lib_link_class
)
4955 (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & ~DYN_AS_NEEDED
);
4958 ret
= elf_add_dt_needed_tag (abfd
, info
, soname
, add_needed
);
4960 goto error_free_vers
;
4962 BFD_ASSERT (ret
== 0);
4967 if (info
->lto_plugin_active
4968 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
4969 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0
4975 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
4980 /* If linker plugin is enabled, set non_ir_ref_regular on symbols
4981 referenced in regular objects so that linker plugin will get
4982 the correct symbol resolution. */
4984 sym_hash
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
4985 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4987 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
4988 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
, *relend
;
4990 /* Don't check relocations in excluded sections. */
4991 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
4992 || s
->reloc_count
== 0
4993 || (s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0
4994 || ((info
->strip
== strip_all
4995 || info
->strip
== strip_debugger
)
4996 && (s
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0))
4999 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, s
, NULL
,
5002 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
5003 goto error_free_vers
;
5005 rel
= internal_relocs
;
5006 relend
= rel
+ s
->reloc_count
;
5007 for ( ; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
5009 unsigned long r_symndx
= rel
->r_info
>> r_sym_shift
;
5010 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5012 /* Skip local symbols. */
5013 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
5016 h
= sym_hash
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
5018 h
->root
.non_ir_ref_regular
= 1;
5021 if (elf_section_data (s
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
5022 free (internal_relocs
);
5026 if (extversym
!= NULL
)
5032 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
)
5038 if ((elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) != 0)
5042 /* Restore the symbol table. */
5043 old_ent
= (char *) old_tab
+ tabsize
;
5044 memset (elf_sym_hashes (abfd
), 0,
5045 extsymcount
* sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*));
5046 htab
->root
.table
.table
= old_table
;
5047 htab
->root
.table
.size
= old_size
;
5048 htab
->root
.table
.count
= old_count
;
5049 memcpy (htab
->root
.table
.table
, old_tab
, tabsize
);
5050 htab
->root
.undefs
= old_undefs
;
5051 htab
->root
.undefs_tail
= old_undefs_tail
;
5052 _bfd_elf_strtab_restore (htab
->dynstr
, old_strtab
);
5055 for (i
= 0; i
< htab
->root
.table
.size
; i
++)
5057 struct bfd_hash_entry
*p
;
5058 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5060 unsigned int alignment_power
;
5061 unsigned int non_ir_ref_dynamic
;
5063 for (p
= htab
->root
.table
.table
[i
]; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
5065 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
5066 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
5067 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
5069 /* Preserve the maximum alignment and size for common
5070 symbols even if this dynamic lib isn't on DT_NEEDED
5071 since it can still be loaded at run time by another
5073 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
5075 size
= h
->root
.u
.c
.size
;
5076 alignment_power
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
;
5081 alignment_power
= 0;
5083 /* Preserve non_ir_ref_dynamic so that this symbol
5084 will be exported when the dynamic lib becomes needed
5085 in the second pass. */
5086 non_ir_ref_dynamic
= h
->root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
;
5087 memcpy (p
, old_ent
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
5088 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
5089 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
5090 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
5092 memcpy (h
->root
.u
.i
.link
, old_ent
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
5093 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
5094 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
5096 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
5098 if (size
> h
->root
.u
.c
.size
)
5099 h
->root
.u
.c
.size
= size
;
5100 if (alignment_power
> h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
)
5101 h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
= alignment_power
;
5103 h
->root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
= non_ir_ref_dynamic
;
5107 /* Make a special call to the linker "notice" function to
5108 tell it that symbols added for crefs may need to be removed. */
5109 if (!(*bed
->notice_as_needed
) (abfd
, info
, notice_not_needed
))
5110 goto error_free_vers
;
5113 objalloc_free_block ((struct objalloc
*) htab
->root
.table
.memory
,
5115 if (nondeflt_vers
!= NULL
)
5116 free (nondeflt_vers
);
5120 if (old_tab
!= NULL
)
5122 if (!(*bed
->notice_as_needed
) (abfd
, info
, notice_needed
))
5123 goto error_free_vers
;
5128 /* Now that all the symbols from this input file are created, if
5129 not performing a relocatable link, handle .symver foo, foo@BAR
5130 such that any relocs against foo become foo@BAR. */
5131 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
) && nondeflt_vers
!= NULL
)
5135 for (cnt
= 0; cnt
< nondeflt_vers_cnt
; ++cnt
)
5137 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= nondeflt_vers
[cnt
], *hi
;
5138 char *shortname
, *p
;
5140 p
= strchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
5142 || (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
5143 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
5146 amt
= p
- h
->root
.root
.string
;
5147 shortname
= (char *) bfd_malloc (amt
+ 1);
5149 goto error_free_vers
;
5150 memcpy (shortname
, h
->root
.root
.string
, amt
);
5151 shortname
[amt
] = '\0';
5153 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)
5154 bfd_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->root
, shortname
,
5155 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
5157 && hi
->root
.type
== h
->root
.type
5158 && hi
->root
.u
.def
.value
== h
->root
.u
.def
.value
5159 && hi
->root
.u
.def
.section
== h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)
5161 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, hi
, TRUE
);
5162 hi
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
5163 hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
5164 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, h
, hi
);
5165 sym_hash
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
5167 for (symidx
= 0; symidx
< extsymcount
; ++symidx
)
5168 if (sym_hash
[symidx
] == hi
)
5170 sym_hash
[symidx
] = h
;
5176 free (nondeflt_vers
);
5177 nondeflt_vers
= NULL
;
5180 /* Now set the alias field correctly for all the weak defined
5181 symbols we found. The only way to do this is to search all the
5182 symbols. Since we only need the information for non functions in
5183 dynamic objects, that's the only time we actually put anything on
5184 the list WEAKS. We need this information so that if a regular
5185 object refers to a symbol defined weakly in a dynamic object, the
5186 real symbol in the dynamic object is also put in the dynamic
5187 symbols; we also must arrange for both symbols to point to the
5188 same memory location. We could handle the general case of symbol
5189 aliasing, but a general symbol alias can only be generated in
5190 assembler code, handling it correctly would be very time
5191 consuming, and other ELF linkers don't handle general aliasing
5195 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hpp
;
5196 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hppend
;
5197 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sorted_sym_hash
;
5198 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5201 /* Since we have to search the whole symbol list for each weak
5202 defined symbol, search time for N weak defined symbols will be
5203 O(N^2). Binary search will cut it down to O(NlogN). */
5205 amt
*= sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
5206 sorted_sym_hash
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
5207 if (sorted_sym_hash
== NULL
)
5209 sym_hash
= sorted_sym_hash
;
5210 hpp
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
5211 hppend
= hpp
+ extsymcount
;
5213 for (; hpp
< hppend
; hpp
++)
5217 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5218 && !bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
))
5226 qsort (sorted_sym_hash
, sym_count
,
5227 sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*),
5230 while (weaks
!= NULL
)
5232 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hlook
;
5235 size_t i
, j
, idx
= 0;
5238 weaks
= hlook
->u
.alias
;
5239 hlook
->u
.alias
= NULL
;
5241 if (hlook
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
5242 && hlook
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5245 slook
= hlook
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
5246 vlook
= hlook
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
5252 bfd_signed_vma vdiff
;
5254 h
= sorted_sym_hash
[idx
];
5255 vdiff
= vlook
- h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
5262 int sdiff
= slook
->id
- h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
;
5272 /* We didn't find a value/section match. */
5276 /* With multiple aliases, or when the weak symbol is already
5277 strongly defined, we have multiple matching symbols and
5278 the binary search above may land on any of them. Step
5279 one past the matching symbol(s). */
5282 h
= sorted_sym_hash
[idx
];
5283 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= slook
5284 || h
->root
.u
.def
.value
!= vlook
)
5288 /* Now look back over the aliases. Since we sorted by size
5289 as well as value and section, we'll choose the one with
5290 the largest size. */
5293 h
= sorted_sym_hash
[idx
];
5295 /* Stop if value or section doesn't match. */
5296 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= slook
5297 || h
->root
.u
.def
.value
!= vlook
)
5299 else if (h
!= hlook
)
5301 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*t
;
5304 hlook
->is_weakalias
= 1;
5306 if (t
->u
.alias
!= NULL
)
5307 while (t
->u
.alias
!= h
)
5311 /* If the weak definition is in the list of dynamic
5312 symbols, make sure the real definition is put
5314 if (hlook
->dynindx
!= -1 && h
->dynindx
== -1)
5316 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5319 free (sorted_sym_hash
);
5324 /* If the real definition is in the list of dynamic
5325 symbols, make sure the weak definition is put
5326 there as well. If we don't do this, then the
5327 dynamic loader might not merge the entries for the
5328 real definition and the weak definition. */
5329 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1 && hlook
->dynindx
== -1)
5331 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, hlook
))
5332 goto err_free_sym_hash
;
5339 free (sorted_sym_hash
);
5342 if (bed
->check_directives
5343 && !(*bed
->check_directives
) (abfd
, info
))
5346 /* If this is a non-traditional link, try to optimize the handling
5347 of the .stab/.stabstr sections. */
5349 && ! info
->traditional_format
5350 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
5351 && (info
->strip
!= strip_all
&& info
->strip
!= strip_debugger
))
5355 stabstr
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".stabstr");
5356 if (stabstr
!= NULL
)
5358 bfd_size_type string_offset
= 0;
5361 for (stab
= abfd
->sections
; stab
; stab
= stab
->next
)
5362 if (CONST_STRNEQ (stab
->name
, ".stab")
5363 && (!stab
->name
[5] ||
5364 (stab
->name
[5] == '.' && ISDIGIT (stab
->name
[6])))
5365 && (stab
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) == 0
5366 && !bfd_is_abs_section (stab
->output_section
))
5368 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*secdata
;
5370 secdata
= elf_section_data (stab
);
5371 if (! _bfd_link_section_stabs (abfd
, &htab
->stab_info
, stab
,
5372 stabstr
, &secdata
->sec_info
,
5375 if (secdata
->sec_info
)
5376 stab
->sec_info_type
= SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
;
5381 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
) && add_needed
)
5383 /* Add this bfd to the loaded list. */
5384 struct elf_link_loaded_list
*n
;
5386 n
= (struct elf_link_loaded_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*n
));
5390 n
->next
= htab
->loaded
;
5397 if (old_tab
!= NULL
)
5399 if (old_strtab
!= NULL
)
5401 if (nondeflt_vers
!= NULL
)
5402 free (nondeflt_vers
);
5403 if (extversym
!= NULL
)
5406 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
)
5412 /* Return the linker hash table entry of a symbol that might be
5413 satisfied by an archive symbol. Return -1 on error. */
5415 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*
5416 _bfd_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (bfd
*abfd
,
5417 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5420 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5424 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
5428 /* If this is a default version (the name contains @@), look up the
5429 symbol again with only one `@' as well as without the version.
5430 The effect is that references to the symbol with and without the
5431 version will be matched by the default symbol in the archive. */
5433 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
5434 if (p
== NULL
|| p
[1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
5437 /* First check with only one `@'. */
5438 len
= strlen (name
);
5439 copy
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
5441 return (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) -1;
5443 first
= p
- name
+ 1;
5444 memcpy (copy
, name
, first
);
5445 memcpy (copy
+ first
, name
+ first
+ 1, len
- first
);
5447 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), copy
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
5450 /* We also need to check references to the symbol without the
5452 copy
[first
- 1] = '\0';
5453 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), copy
,
5454 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
5457 bfd_release (abfd
, copy
);
5461 /* Add symbols from an ELF archive file to the linker hash table. We
5462 don't use _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols because we need to
5463 handle versioned symbols.
5465 Fortunately, ELF archive handling is simpler than that done by
5466 _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols, which has to allow for a.out
5467 oddities. In ELF, if we find a symbol in the archive map, and the
5468 symbol is currently undefined, we know that we must pull in that
5471 Unfortunately, we do have to make multiple passes over the symbol
5472 table until nothing further is resolved. */
5475 elf_link_add_archive_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5478 unsigned char *included
= NULL
;
5482 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5483 struct elf_link_hash_entry
* (*archive_symbol_lookup
)
5484 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, const char *);
5486 if (! bfd_has_map (abfd
))
5488 /* An empty archive is a special case. */
5489 if (bfd_openr_next_archived_file (abfd
, NULL
) == NULL
)
5491 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_armap
);
5495 /* Keep track of all symbols we know to be already defined, and all
5496 files we know to be already included. This is to speed up the
5497 second and subsequent passes. */
5498 c
= bfd_ardata (abfd
)->symdef_count
;
5502 amt
*= sizeof (*included
);
5503 included
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
5504 if (included
== NULL
)
5507 symdefs
= bfd_ardata (abfd
)->symdefs
;
5508 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5509 archive_symbol_lookup
= bed
->elf_backend_archive_symbol_lookup
;
5522 symdefend
= symdef
+ c
;
5523 for (i
= 0; symdef
< symdefend
; symdef
++, i
++)
5525 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5527 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*undefs_tail
;
5532 if (symdef
->file_offset
== last
)
5538 h
= archive_symbol_lookup (abfd
, info
, symdef
->name
);
5539 if (h
== (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) -1)
5545 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
5547 /* We currently have a common symbol. The archive map contains
5548 a reference to this symbol, so we may want to include it. We
5549 only want to include it however, if this archive element
5550 contains a definition of the symbol, not just another common
5553 Unfortunately some archivers (including GNU ar) will put
5554 declarations of common symbols into their archive maps, as
5555 well as real definitions, so we cannot just go by the archive
5556 map alone. Instead we must read in the element's symbol
5557 table and check that to see what kind of symbol definition
5559 if (! elf_link_is_defined_archive_symbol (abfd
, symdef
))
5562 else if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
5564 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5565 /* Symbol must be defined. Don't check it again. */
5570 /* We need to include this archive member. */
5571 element
= _bfd_get_elt_at_filepos (abfd
, symdef
->file_offset
);
5572 if (element
== NULL
)
5575 if (! bfd_check_format (element
, bfd_object
))
5578 undefs_tail
= info
->hash
->undefs_tail
;
5580 if (!(*info
->callbacks
5581 ->add_archive_element
) (info
, element
, symdef
->name
, &element
))
5583 if (!bfd_link_add_symbols (element
, info
))
5586 /* If there are any new undefined symbols, we need to make
5587 another pass through the archive in order to see whether
5588 they can be defined. FIXME: This isn't perfect, because
5589 common symbols wind up on undefs_tail and because an
5590 undefined symbol which is defined later on in this pass
5591 does not require another pass. This isn't a bug, but it
5592 does make the code less efficient than it could be. */
5593 if (undefs_tail
!= info
->hash
->undefs_tail
)
5596 /* Look backward to mark all symbols from this object file
5597 which we have already seen in this pass. */
5601 included
[mark
] = TRUE
;
5606 while (symdefs
[mark
].file_offset
== symdef
->file_offset
);
5608 /* We mark subsequent symbols from this object file as we go
5609 on through the loop. */
5610 last
= symdef
->file_offset
;
5620 if (included
!= NULL
)
5625 /* Given an ELF BFD, add symbols to the global hash table as
5629 bfd_elf_link_add_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5631 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd
))
5634 return elf_link_add_object_symbols (abfd
, info
);
5636 return elf_link_add_archive_symbols (abfd
, info
);
5638 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
5643 struct hash_codes_info
5645 unsigned long *hashcodes
;
5649 /* This function will be called though elf_link_hash_traverse to store
5650 all hash value of the exported symbols in an array. */
5653 elf_collect_hash_codes (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
5655 struct hash_codes_info
*inf
= (struct hash_codes_info
*) data
;
5660 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
5661 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
5664 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
5665 if (h
->versioned
>= versioned
)
5667 char *p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
5670 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (p
- name
+ 1);
5676 memcpy (alc
, name
, p
- name
);
5677 alc
[p
- name
] = '\0';
5682 /* Compute the hash value. */
5683 ha
= bfd_elf_hash (name
);
5685 /* Store the found hash value in the array given as the argument. */
5686 *(inf
->hashcodes
)++ = ha
;
5688 /* And store it in the struct so that we can put it in the hash table
5690 h
->u
.elf_hash_value
= ha
;
5698 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
5701 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5702 unsigned long int nsyms
;
5703 unsigned long int maskbits
;
5704 unsigned long int *hashcodes
;
5705 unsigned long int *hashval
;
5706 unsigned long int *indx
;
5707 unsigned long int *counts
;
5710 long int min_dynindx
;
5711 unsigned long int bucketcount
;
5712 unsigned long int symindx
;
5713 long int local_indx
;
5714 long int shift1
, shift2
;
5715 unsigned long int mask
;
5719 /* This function will be called though elf_link_hash_traverse to store
5720 all hash value of the exported symbols in an array. */
5723 elf_collect_gnu_hash_codes (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
5725 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*s
= (struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*) data
;
5730 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
5731 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
5734 /* Ignore also local symbols and undefined symbols. */
5735 if (! (*s
->bed
->elf_hash_symbol
) (h
))
5738 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
5739 if (h
->versioned
>= versioned
)
5741 char *p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
5744 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (p
- name
+ 1);
5750 memcpy (alc
, name
, p
- name
);
5751 alc
[p
- name
] = '\0';
5756 /* Compute the hash value. */
5757 ha
= bfd_elf_gnu_hash (name
);
5759 /* Store the found hash value in the array for compute_bucket_count,
5760 and also for .dynsym reordering purposes. */
5761 s
->hashcodes
[s
->nsyms
] = ha
;
5762 s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] = ha
;
5764 if (s
->min_dynindx
< 0 || s
->min_dynindx
> h
->dynindx
)
5765 s
->min_dynindx
= h
->dynindx
;
5773 /* This function will be called though elf_link_hash_traverse to do
5774 final dynaminc symbol renumbering. */
5777 elf_renumber_gnu_hash_syms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
5779 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*s
= (struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*) data
;
5780 unsigned long int bucket
;
5781 unsigned long int val
;
5783 /* Ignore indirect symbols. */
5784 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
5787 /* Ignore also local symbols and undefined symbols. */
5788 if (! (*s
->bed
->elf_hash_symbol
) (h
))
5790 if (h
->dynindx
>= s
->min_dynindx
)
5791 h
->dynindx
= s
->local_indx
++;
5795 bucket
= s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] % s
->bucketcount
;
5796 val
= (s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] >> s
->shift1
)
5797 & ((s
->maskbits
>> s
->shift1
) - 1);
5798 s
->bitmask
[val
] |= ((bfd_vma
) 1) << (s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] & s
->mask
);
5800 |= ((bfd_vma
) 1) << ((s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] >> s
->shift2
) & s
->mask
);
5801 val
= s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] & ~(unsigned long int) 1;
5802 if (s
->counts
[bucket
] == 1)
5803 /* Last element terminates the chain. */
5805 bfd_put_32 (s
->output_bfd
, val
,
5806 s
->contents
+ (s
->indx
[bucket
] - s
->symindx
) * 4);
5807 --s
->counts
[bucket
];
5808 h
->dynindx
= s
->indx
[bucket
]++;
5812 /* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section. */
5815 _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5817 return !(h
->forced_local
5818 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
5819 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5820 || ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5821 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5822 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
== NULL
));
5825 /* Array used to determine the number of hash table buckets to use
5826 based on the number of symbols there are. If there are fewer than
5827 3 symbols we use 1 bucket, fewer than 17 symbols we use 3 buckets,
5828 fewer than 37 we use 17 buckets, and so forth. We never use more
5829 than 32771 buckets. */
5831 static const size_t elf_buckets
[] =
5833 1, 3, 17, 37, 67, 97, 131, 197, 263, 521, 1031, 2053, 4099, 8209,
5837 /* Compute bucket count for hashing table. We do not use a static set
5838 of possible tables sizes anymore. Instead we determine for all
5839 possible reasonable sizes of the table the outcome (i.e., the
5840 number of collisions etc) and choose the best solution. The
5841 weighting functions are not too simple to allow the table to grow
5842 without bounds. Instead one of the weighting factors is the size.
5843 Therefore the result is always a good payoff between few collisions
5844 (= short chain lengths) and table size. */
5846 compute_bucket_count (struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
5847 unsigned long int *hashcodes ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
5848 unsigned long int nsyms
,
5851 size_t best_size
= 0;
5852 unsigned long int i
;
5854 /* We have a problem here. The following code to optimize the table
5855 size requires an integer type with more the 32 bits. If
5856 BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT is set we know about such a type. */
5857 #ifdef BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT
5862 BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT best_chlen
= ~((BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT
) 0);
5863 bfd
*dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5864 size_t dynsymcount
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
;
5865 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
);
5866 unsigned long int *counts
;
5868 unsigned int no_improvement_count
= 0;
5870 /* Possible optimization parameters: if we have NSYMS symbols we say
5871 that the hashing table must at least have NSYMS/4 and at most
5873 minsize
= nsyms
/ 4;
5876 best_size
= maxsize
= nsyms
* 2;
5881 if ((best_size
& 31) == 0)
5885 /* Create array where we count the collisions in. We must use bfd_malloc
5886 since the size could be large. */
5888 amt
*= sizeof (unsigned long int);
5889 counts
= (unsigned long int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
5893 /* Compute the "optimal" size for the hash table. The criteria is a
5894 minimal chain length. The minor criteria is (of course) the size
5896 for (i
= minsize
; i
< maxsize
; ++i
)
5898 /* Walk through the array of hashcodes and count the collisions. */
5899 BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT max
;
5900 unsigned long int j
;
5901 unsigned long int fact
;
5903 if (gnu_hash
&& (i
& 31) == 0)
5906 memset (counts
, '\0', i
* sizeof (unsigned long int));
5908 /* Determine how often each hash bucket is used. */
5909 for (j
= 0; j
< nsyms
; ++j
)
5910 ++counts
[hashcodes
[j
] % i
];
5912 /* For the weight function we need some information about the
5913 pagesize on the target. This is information need not be 100%
5914 accurate. Since this information is not available (so far) we
5915 define it here to a reasonable default value. If it is crucial
5916 to have a better value some day simply define this value. */
5917 # ifndef BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE
5918 # define BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE (4096)
5921 /* We in any case need 2 + DYNSYMCOUNT entries for the size values
5923 max
= (2 + dynsymcount
) * bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
5926 /* Variant 1: optimize for short chains. We add the squares
5927 of all the chain lengths (which favors many small chain
5928 over a few long chains). */
5929 for (j
= 0; j
< i
; ++j
)
5930 max
+= counts
[j
] * counts
[j
];
5932 /* This adds penalties for the overall size of the table. */
5933 fact
= i
/ (BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
) + 1;
5936 /* Variant 2: Optimize a lot more for small table. Here we
5937 also add squares of the size but we also add penalties for
5938 empty slots (the +1 term). */
5939 for (j
= 0; j
< i
; ++j
)
5940 max
+= (1 + counts
[j
]) * (1 + counts
[j
]);
5942 /* The overall size of the table is considered, but not as
5943 strong as in variant 1, where it is squared. */
5944 fact
= i
/ (BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
) + 1;
5948 /* Compare with current best results. */
5949 if (max
< best_chlen
)
5953 no_improvement_count
= 0;
5955 /* PR 11843: Avoid futile long searches for the best bucket size
5956 when there are a large number of symbols. */
5957 else if (++no_improvement_count
== 100)
5964 #endif /* defined (BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT) */
5966 /* This is the fallback solution if no 64bit type is available or if we
5967 are not supposed to spend much time on optimizations. We select the
5968 bucket count using a fixed set of numbers. */
5969 for (i
= 0; elf_buckets
[i
] != 0; i
++)
5971 best_size
= elf_buckets
[i
];
5972 if (nsyms
< elf_buckets
[i
+ 1])
5975 if (gnu_hash
&& best_size
< 2)
5982 /* Size any SHT_GROUP section for ld -r. */
5985 _bfd_elf_size_group_sections (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5990 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
5991 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
5992 && (s
= ibfd
->sections
) != NULL
5993 && s
->sec_info_type
!= SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
5994 && !_bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (ibfd
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
))
5999 /* Set a default stack segment size. The value in INFO wins. If it
6000 is unset, LEGACY_SYMBOL's value is used, and if that symbol is
6001 undefined it is initialized. */
6004 bfd_elf_stack_segment_size (bfd
*output_bfd
,
6005 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6006 const char *legacy_symbol
,
6007 bfd_vma default_size
)
6009 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
6011 /* Look for legacy symbol. */
6013 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), legacy_symbol
,
6014 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
6015 if (h
&& (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6016 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6018 && (h
->type
== STT_NOTYPE
|| h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
))
6020 /* The symbol has no type if specified on the command line. */
6021 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6022 if (info
->stacksize
)
6023 /* xgettext:c-format */
6024 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: stack size specified and %s set"),
6025 output_bfd
, legacy_symbol
);
6026 else if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
6027 /* xgettext:c-format */
6028 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s not absolute"),
6029 output_bfd
, legacy_symbol
);
6031 info
->stacksize
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
6034 if (!info
->stacksize
)
6035 /* If the user didn't set a size, or explicitly inhibit the
6036 size, set it now. */
6037 info
->stacksize
= default_size
;
6039 /* Provide the legacy symbol, if it is referenced. */
6040 if (h
&& (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6041 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
6043 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
= NULL
;
6045 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
6046 (info
, output_bfd
, legacy_symbol
,
6047 BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
6048 info
->stacksize
>= 0 ? info
->stacksize
: 0,
6049 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
6052 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
6054 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6060 /* Sweep symbols in swept sections. Called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
6062 struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info
6064 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
6065 void (*hide_symbol
) (struct bfd_link_info
*, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*,
6070 elf_gc_sweep_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
6073 && (((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6074 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6075 && !((h
->def_regular
|| ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
6076 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->gc_mark
))
6077 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6078 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
6080 struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info
*inf
;
6082 inf
= (struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info
*) data
;
6083 (*inf
->hide_symbol
) (inf
->info
, h
, TRUE
);
6086 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 0;
6092 /* Set up the sizes and contents of the ELF dynamic sections. This is
6093 called by the ELF linker emulation before_allocation routine. We
6094 must set the sizes of the sections before the linker sets the
6095 addresses of the various sections. */
6098 bfd_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
6101 const char *filter_shlib
,
6103 const char *depaudit
,
6104 const char * const *auxiliary_filters
,
6105 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6106 asection
**sinterpptr
)
6109 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6113 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
6116 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6118 if (dynobj
!= NULL
&& elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6120 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*verdefs
;
6121 struct elf_info_failed asvinfo
;
6122 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
6123 struct bfd_elf_version_expr
*d
;
6127 /* If we are supposed to export all symbols into the dynamic symbol
6128 table (this is not the normal case), then do so. */
6129 if (info
->export_dynamic
6130 || (bfd_link_executable (info
) && info
->dynamic
))
6132 struct elf_info_failed eif
;
6136 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6137 _bfd_elf_export_symbol
,
6145 soname_indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6147 if (soname_indx
== (size_t) -1
6148 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SONAME
, soname_indx
))
6152 soname_indx
= (size_t) -1;
6154 /* Make all global versions with definition. */
6155 for (t
= info
->version_info
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
6156 for (d
= t
->globals
.list
; d
!= NULL
; d
= d
->next
)
6157 if (!d
->symver
&& d
->literal
)
6159 const char *verstr
, *name
;
6160 size_t namelen
, verlen
, newlen
;
6161 char *newname
, *p
, leading_char
;
6162 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*newh
;
6164 leading_char
= bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (output_bfd
);
6166 namelen
= strlen (name
) + (leading_char
!= '\0');
6168 verlen
= strlen (verstr
);
6169 newlen
= namelen
+ verlen
+ 3;
6171 newname
= (char *) bfd_malloc (newlen
);
6172 if (newname
== NULL
)
6174 newname
[0] = leading_char
;
6175 memcpy (newname
+ (leading_char
!= '\0'), name
, namelen
);
6177 /* Check the hidden versioned definition. */
6178 p
= newname
+ namelen
;
6180 memcpy (p
, verstr
, verlen
+ 1);
6181 newh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
6182 newname
, FALSE
, FALSE
,
6185 || (newh
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
6186 && newh
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
6188 /* Check the default versioned definition. */
6190 memcpy (p
, verstr
, verlen
+ 1);
6191 newh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
6192 newname
, FALSE
, FALSE
,
6197 /* Mark this version if there is a definition and it is
6198 not defined in a shared object. */
6200 && !newh
->def_dynamic
6201 && (newh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6202 || newh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
6206 /* Attach all the symbols to their version information. */
6207 asvinfo
.info
= info
;
6208 asvinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
6210 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6211 _bfd_elf_link_assign_sym_version
,
6216 if (!info
->allow_undefined_version
)
6218 /* Check if all global versions have a definition. */
6219 bfd_boolean all_defined
= TRUE
;
6220 for (t
= info
->version_info
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
6221 for (d
= t
->globals
.list
; d
!= NULL
; d
= d
->next
)
6222 if (d
->literal
&& !d
->symver
&& !d
->script
)
6225 (_("%s: undefined version: %s"),
6226 d
->pattern
, t
->name
);
6227 all_defined
= FALSE
;
6232 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
6237 /* Set up the version definition section. */
6238 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_d");
6239 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6241 /* We may have created additional version definitions if we are
6242 just linking a regular application. */
6243 verdefs
= info
->version_info
;
6245 /* Skip anonymous version tag. */
6246 if (verdefs
!= NULL
&& verdefs
->vernum
== 0)
6247 verdefs
= verdefs
->next
;
6249 if (verdefs
== NULL
&& !info
->create_default_symver
)
6250 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6256 Elf_Internal_Verdef def
;
6257 Elf_Internal_Verdaux defaux
;
6258 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
6259 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6265 /* Make space for the base version. */
6266 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6267 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6270 /* Make space for the default version. */
6271 if (info
->create_default_symver
)
6273 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6277 for (t
= verdefs
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
6279 struct bfd_elf_version_deps
*n
;
6281 /* Don't emit base version twice. */
6285 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6286 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6289 for (n
= t
->deps
; n
!= NULL
; n
= n
->next
)
6290 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6294 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6295 if (s
->contents
== NULL
&& s
->size
!= 0)
6298 /* Fill in the version definition section. */
6302 def
.vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
6303 def
.vd_flags
= VER_FLG_BASE
;
6306 if (info
->create_default_symver
)
6308 def
.vd_aux
= 2 * sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6309 def
.vd_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6313 def
.vd_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6314 def
.vd_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
6315 + sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
6318 if (soname_indx
!= (size_t) -1)
6320 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6322 def
.vd_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (soname
);
6323 defaux
.vda_name
= soname_indx
;
6330 name
= lbasename (output_bfd
->filename
);
6331 def
.vd_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (name
);
6332 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6334 if (indx
== (size_t) -1)
6336 defaux
.vda_name
= indx
;
6338 defaux
.vda_next
= 0;
6340 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (output_bfd
, &def
,
6341 (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
);
6342 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6343 if (info
->create_default_symver
)
6345 /* Add a symbol representing this version. */
6347 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
6348 (info
, dynobj
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
6350 get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->collect
, &bh
)))
6352 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
6355 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6356 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= NULL
;
6358 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
6361 /* Create a duplicate of the base version with the same
6362 aux block, but different flags. */
6365 def
.vd_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6367 def
.vd_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
6368 + sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
6371 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (output_bfd
, &def
,
6372 (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
);
6373 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6375 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
, &defaux
,
6376 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
6377 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6379 for (t
= verdefs
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
6382 struct bfd_elf_version_deps
*n
;
6384 /* Don't emit the base version twice. */
6389 for (n
= t
->deps
; n
!= NULL
; n
= n
->next
)
6392 /* Add a symbol representing this version. */
6394 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
6395 (info
, dynobj
, t
->name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
6397 get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->collect
, &bh
)))
6399 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
6402 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6403 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= t
;
6405 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
6408 def
.vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
6410 if (t
->globals
.list
== NULL
6411 && t
->locals
.list
== NULL
6413 def
.vd_flags
|= VER_FLG_WEAK
;
6414 def
.vd_ndx
= t
->vernum
+ (info
->create_default_symver
? 2 : 1);
6415 def
.vd_cnt
= cdeps
+ 1;
6416 def
.vd_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (t
->name
);
6417 def
.vd_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6420 /* If a basever node is next, it *must* be the last node in
6421 the chain, otherwise Verdef construction breaks. */
6422 if (t
->next
!= NULL
&& t
->next
->vernum
== 0)
6423 BFD_ASSERT (t
->next
->next
== NULL
);
6425 if (t
->next
!= NULL
&& t
->next
->vernum
!= 0)
6426 def
.vd_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
6427 + (cdeps
+ 1) * sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
6429 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (output_bfd
, &def
,
6430 (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
);
6431 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6433 defaux
.vda_name
= h
->dynstr_index
;
6434 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6436 defaux
.vda_next
= 0;
6437 if (t
->deps
!= NULL
)
6438 defaux
.vda_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6439 t
->name_indx
= defaux
.vda_name
;
6441 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
, &defaux
,
6442 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
6443 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6445 for (n
= t
->deps
; n
!= NULL
; n
= n
->next
)
6447 if (n
->version_needed
== NULL
)
6449 /* This can happen if there was an error in the
6451 defaux
.vda_name
= 0;
6455 defaux
.vda_name
= n
->version_needed
->name_indx
;
6456 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6459 if (n
->next
== NULL
)
6460 defaux
.vda_next
= 0;
6462 defaux
.vda_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6464 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
, &defaux
,
6465 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
6466 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6470 elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
= cdefs
;
6474 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
6476 if (info
->gc_sections
&& bed
->can_gc_sections
)
6478 struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info sweep_info
;
6480 /* Remove the symbols that were in the swept sections from the
6481 dynamic symbol table. */
6482 sweep_info
.info
= info
;
6483 sweep_info
.hide_symbol
= bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
;
6484 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), elf_gc_sweep_symbol
,
6488 if (dynobj
!= NULL
&& elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6491 struct elf_find_verdep_info sinfo
;
6493 /* Work out the size of the version reference section. */
6495 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_r");
6496 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6499 sinfo
.vers
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
;
6500 if (sinfo
.vers
== 0)
6502 sinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
6504 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6505 _bfd_elf_link_find_version_dependencies
,
6510 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
== NULL
)
6511 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6514 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*vn
;
6519 /* Build the version dependency section. */
6522 for (vn
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
;
6524 vn
= vn
->vn_nextref
)
6526 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
6528 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
6530 for (a
= vn
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
6531 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
6535 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6536 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
6540 for (vn
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
;
6542 vn
= vn
->vn_nextref
)
6545 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
6549 for (a
= vn
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
6552 vn
->vn_version
= VER_NEED_CURRENT
;
6554 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6555 elf_dt_name (vn
->vn_bfd
) != NULL
6556 ? elf_dt_name (vn
->vn_bfd
)
6557 : lbasename (vn
->vn_bfd
->filename
),
6559 if (indx
== (size_t) -1)
6562 vn
->vn_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
6563 if (vn
->vn_nextref
== NULL
)
6566 vn
->vn_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
)
6567 + caux
* sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
));
6569 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (output_bfd
, vn
,
6570 (Elf_External_Verneed
*) p
);
6571 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
6573 for (a
= vn
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
6575 a
->vna_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (a
->vna_nodename
);
6576 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6577 a
->vna_nodename
, FALSE
);
6578 if (indx
== (size_t) -1)
6581 if (a
->vna_nextptr
== NULL
)
6584 a
->vna_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
6586 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (output_bfd
, a
,
6587 (Elf_External_Vernaux
*) p
);
6588 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
6592 elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverrefs
= crefs
;
6596 /* Any syms created from now on start with -1 in
6597 got.refcount/offset and plt.refcount/offset. */
6598 elf_hash_table (info
)->init_got_refcount
6599 = elf_hash_table (info
)->init_got_offset
;
6600 elf_hash_table (info
)->init_plt_refcount
6601 = elf_hash_table (info
)->init_plt_offset
;
6603 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
6604 && !_bfd_elf_size_group_sections (info
))
6607 /* The backend may have to create some sections regardless of whether
6608 we're dynamic or not. */
6609 if (bed
->elf_backend_always_size_sections
6610 && ! (*bed
->elf_backend_always_size_sections
) (output_bfd
, info
))
6613 /* Determine any GNU_STACK segment requirements, after the backend
6614 has had a chance to set a default segment size. */
6615 if (info
->execstack
)
6616 elf_stack_flags (output_bfd
) = PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
;
6617 else if (info
->noexecstack
)
6618 elf_stack_flags (output_bfd
) = PF_R
| PF_W
;
6622 asection
*notesec
= NULL
;
6625 for (inputobj
= info
->input_bfds
;
6627 inputobj
= inputobj
->link
.next
)
6632 & (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
| BFD_PLUGIN
| BFD_LINKER_CREATED
))
6634 s
= inputobj
->sections
;
6635 if (s
== NULL
|| s
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
6638 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (inputobj
, ".note.GNU-stack");
6641 if (s
->flags
& SEC_CODE
)
6645 else if (bed
->default_execstack
)
6648 if (notesec
|| info
->stacksize
> 0)
6649 elf_stack_flags (output_bfd
) = PF_R
| PF_W
| exec
;
6650 if (notesec
&& exec
&& bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
6651 && notesec
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
6652 notesec
->output_section
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
6655 if (dynobj
!= NULL
&& elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6657 struct elf_info_failed eif
;
6658 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6662 *sinterpptr
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".interp");
6663 BFD_ASSERT (*sinterpptr
!= NULL
|| !bfd_link_executable (info
) || info
->nointerp
);
6667 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SYMBOLIC
, 0))
6669 info
->flags
|= DF_SYMBOLIC
;
6677 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
, rpath
,
6679 if (indx
== (size_t) -1)
6682 tag
= info
->new_dtags
? DT_RUNPATH
: DT_RPATH
;
6683 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, tag
, indx
))
6687 if (filter_shlib
!= NULL
)
6691 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6692 filter_shlib
, TRUE
);
6693 if (indx
== (size_t) -1
6694 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FILTER
, indx
))
6698 if (auxiliary_filters
!= NULL
)
6700 const char * const *p
;
6702 for (p
= auxiliary_filters
; *p
!= NULL
; p
++)
6706 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6708 if (indx
== (size_t) -1
6709 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_AUXILIARY
, indx
))
6718 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
, audit
,
6720 if (indx
== (size_t) -1
6721 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_AUDIT
, indx
))
6725 if (depaudit
!= NULL
)
6729 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
, depaudit
,
6731 if (indx
== (size_t) -1
6732 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_DEPAUDIT
, indx
))
6739 /* Find all symbols which were defined in a dynamic object and make
6740 the backend pick a reasonable value for them. */
6741 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6742 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
,
6747 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in some of the
6748 values later, in bfd_elf_final_link, but we must add the entries
6749 now so that we know the final size of the .dynamic section. */
6751 /* If there are initialization and/or finalization functions to
6752 call then add the corresponding DT_INIT/DT_FINI entries. */
6753 h
= (info
->init_function
6754 ? elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
6755 info
->init_function
, FALSE
,
6762 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_INIT
, 0))
6765 h
= (info
->fini_function
6766 ? elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
6767 info
->fini_function
, FALSE
,
6774 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FINI
, 0))
6778 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".preinit_array");
6779 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->linker_has_input
)
6781 /* DT_PREINIT_ARRAY is not allowed in shared library. */
6782 if (! bfd_link_executable (info
))
6787 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
6788 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
6789 && (o
= sub
->sections
) != NULL
6790 && o
->sec_info_type
!= SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
6791 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
6792 if (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
6793 == SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
)
6796 (_("%pB: .preinit_array section is not allowed in DSO"),
6801 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
6805 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
, 0)
6806 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
, 0))
6809 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".init_array");
6810 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->linker_has_input
)
6812 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_INIT_ARRAY
, 0)
6813 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
, 0))
6816 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".fini_array");
6817 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->linker_has_input
)
6819 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FINI_ARRAY
, 0)
6820 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
, 0))
6824 dynstr
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynstr");
6825 /* If .dynstr is excluded from the link, we don't want any of
6826 these tags. Strictly, we should be checking each section
6827 individually; This quick check covers for the case where
6828 someone does a /DISCARD/ : { *(*) }. */
6829 if (dynstr
!= NULL
&& dynstr
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
6831 bfd_size_type strsize
;
6833 strsize
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
6834 if ((info
->emit_hash
6835 && !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_HASH
, 0))
6836 || (info
->emit_gnu_hash
6837 && !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_GNU_HASH
, 0))
6838 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_STRTAB
, 0)
6839 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SYMTAB
, 0)
6840 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_STRSZ
, strsize
)
6841 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SYMENT
,
6842 bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
))
6847 if (! _bfd_elf_maybe_strip_eh_frame_hdr (info
))
6850 /* The backend must work out the sizes of all the other dynamic
6853 && bed
->elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections
!= NULL
6854 && ! (*bed
->elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections
) (output_bfd
, info
))
6857 if (dynobj
!= NULL
&& elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6859 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
)
6861 unsigned int crefs
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
;
6863 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERDEF
, 0)
6864 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERDEFNUM
, crefs
))
6868 if ((info
->new_dtags
&& info
->flags
) || (info
->flags
& DF_STATIC_TLS
))
6870 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FLAGS
, info
->flags
))
6873 else if (info
->flags
& DF_BIND_NOW
)
6875 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_BIND_NOW
, 0))
6881 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
6882 info
->flags_1
&= ~ (DF_1_INITFIRST
6885 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FLAGS_1
, info
->flags_1
))
6889 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverrefs
)
6891 unsigned int crefs
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverrefs
;
6893 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERNEED
, 0)
6894 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERNEEDNUM
, crefs
))
6898 if ((elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverrefs
== 0
6899 && elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
== 0)
6900 || _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
, NULL
) <= 1)
6904 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version");
6905 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6911 /* Find the first non-excluded output section. We'll use its
6912 section symbol for some emitted relocs. */
6914 _bfd_elf_init_1_index_section (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6918 for (s
= output_bfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
6919 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_EXCLUDE
| SEC_ALLOC
)) == SEC_ALLOC
6920 && !_bfd_elf_omit_section_dynsym_default (output_bfd
, info
, s
))
6922 elf_hash_table (info
)->text_index_section
= s
;
6927 /* Find two non-excluded output sections, one for code, one for data.
6928 We'll use their section symbols for some emitted relocs. */
6930 _bfd_elf_init_2_index_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6934 /* Data first, since setting text_index_section changes
6935 _bfd_elf_link_omit_section_dynsym. */
6936 for (s
= output_bfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
6937 if (((s
->flags
& (SEC_EXCLUDE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_READONLY
)) == SEC_ALLOC
)
6938 && !_bfd_elf_omit_section_dynsym_default (output_bfd
, info
, s
))
6940 elf_hash_table (info
)->data_index_section
= s
;
6944 for (s
= output_bfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
6945 if (((s
->flags
& (SEC_EXCLUDE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_READONLY
))
6946 == (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_READONLY
))
6947 && !_bfd_elf_omit_section_dynsym_default (output_bfd
, info
, s
))
6949 elf_hash_table (info
)->text_index_section
= s
;
6953 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->text_index_section
== NULL
)
6954 elf_hash_table (info
)->text_index_section
6955 = elf_hash_table (info
)->data_index_section
;
6959 bfd_elf_size_dynsym_hash_dynstr (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6961 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6962 unsigned long section_sym_count
;
6963 bfd_size_type dynsymcount
= 0;
6965 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
6968 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
6969 (*bed
->elf_backend_init_index_section
) (output_bfd
, info
);
6971 /* Assign dynsym indices. In a shared library we generate a section
6972 symbol for each output section, which come first. Next come all
6973 of the back-end allocated local dynamic syms, followed by the rest
6974 of the global symbols.
6976 This is usually not needed for static binaries, however backends
6977 can request to always do it, e.g. the MIPS backend uses dynamic
6978 symbol counts to lay out GOT, which will be produced in the
6979 presence of GOT relocations even in static binaries (holding fixed
6980 data in that case, to satisfy those relocations). */
6982 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
6983 || bed
->always_renumber_dynsyms
)
6984 dynsymcount
= _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
,
6985 §ion_sym_count
);
6987 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6991 unsigned int dtagcount
;
6993 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6995 /* Work out the size of the symbol version section. */
6996 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version");
6997 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6998 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0)
7000 s
->size
= dynsymcount
* sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
);
7001 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
7002 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
7005 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERSYM
, 0))
7009 /* Set the size of the .dynsym and .hash sections. We counted
7010 the number of dynamic symbols in elf_link_add_object_symbols.
7011 We will build the contents of .dynsym and .hash when we build
7012 the final symbol table, because until then we do not know the
7013 correct value to give the symbols. We built the .dynstr
7014 section as we went along in elf_link_add_object_symbols. */
7015 s
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsym
;
7016 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7017 s
->size
= dynsymcount
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7019 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
7020 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
7023 /* The first entry in .dynsym is a dummy symbol. Clear all the
7024 section syms, in case we don't output them all. */
7025 ++section_sym_count
;
7026 memset (s
->contents
, 0, section_sym_count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
7028 elf_hash_table (info
)->bucketcount
= 0;
7030 /* Compute the size of the hashing table. As a side effect this
7031 computes the hash values for all the names we export. */
7032 if (info
->emit_hash
)
7034 unsigned long int *hashcodes
;
7035 struct hash_codes_info hashinf
;
7037 unsigned long int nsyms
;
7039 size_t hash_entry_size
;
7041 /* Compute the hash values for all exported symbols. At the same
7042 time store the values in an array so that we could use them for
7044 amt
= dynsymcount
* sizeof (unsigned long int);
7045 hashcodes
= (unsigned long int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
7046 if (hashcodes
== NULL
)
7048 hashinf
.hashcodes
= hashcodes
;
7049 hashinf
.error
= FALSE
;
7051 /* Put all hash values in HASHCODES. */
7052 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
7053 elf_collect_hash_codes
, &hashinf
);
7060 nsyms
= hashinf
.hashcodes
- hashcodes
;
7062 = compute_bucket_count (info
, hashcodes
, nsyms
, 0);
7065 if (bucketcount
== 0 && nsyms
> 0)
7068 elf_hash_table (info
)->bucketcount
= bucketcount
;
7070 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".hash");
7071 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7072 hash_entry_size
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
7073 s
->size
= ((2 + bucketcount
+ dynsymcount
) * hash_entry_size
);
7074 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
7075 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
7078 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, output_bfd
, bucketcount
, s
->contents
);
7079 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, output_bfd
, dynsymcount
,
7080 s
->contents
+ hash_entry_size
);
7083 if (info
->emit_gnu_hash
)
7086 unsigned char *contents
;
7087 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes cinfo
;
7091 memset (&cinfo
, 0, sizeof (cinfo
));
7093 /* Compute the hash values for all exported symbols. At the same
7094 time store the values in an array so that we could use them for
7096 amt
= dynsymcount
* 2 * sizeof (unsigned long int);
7097 cinfo
.hashcodes
= (long unsigned int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
7098 if (cinfo
.hashcodes
== NULL
)
7101 cinfo
.hashval
= cinfo
.hashcodes
+ dynsymcount
;
7102 cinfo
.min_dynindx
= -1;
7103 cinfo
.output_bfd
= output_bfd
;
7106 /* Put all hash values in HASHCODES. */
7107 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
7108 elf_collect_gnu_hash_codes
, &cinfo
);
7111 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
7116 = compute_bucket_count (info
, cinfo
.hashcodes
, cinfo
.nsyms
, 1);
7118 if (bucketcount
== 0)
7120 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
7124 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.hash");
7125 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7127 if (cinfo
.nsyms
== 0)
7129 /* Empty .gnu.hash section is special. */
7130 BFD_ASSERT (cinfo
.min_dynindx
== -1);
7131 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
7132 s
->size
= 5 * 4 + bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
7133 contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
7134 if (contents
== NULL
)
7136 s
->contents
= contents
;
7137 /* 1 empty bucket. */
7138 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
);
7139 /* SYMIDX above the special symbol 0. */
7140 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
+ 4);
7141 /* Just one word for bitmask. */
7142 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
+ 8);
7143 /* Only hash fn bloom filter. */
7144 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0, contents
+ 12);
7145 /* No hashes are valid - empty bitmask. */
7146 bfd_put (bed
->s
->arch_size
, output_bfd
, 0, contents
+ 16);
7147 /* No hashes in the only bucket. */
7148 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0,
7149 contents
+ 16 + bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8);
7153 unsigned long int maskwords
, maskbitslog2
, x
;
7154 BFD_ASSERT (cinfo
.min_dynindx
!= -1);
7158 while ((x
>>= 1) != 0)
7160 if (maskbitslog2
< 3)
7162 else if ((1 << (maskbitslog2
- 2)) & cinfo
.nsyms
)
7163 maskbitslog2
= maskbitslog2
+ 3;
7165 maskbitslog2
= maskbitslog2
+ 2;
7166 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64)
7168 if (maskbitslog2
== 5)
7174 cinfo
.mask
= (1 << cinfo
.shift1
) - 1;
7175 cinfo
.shift2
= maskbitslog2
;
7176 cinfo
.maskbits
= 1 << maskbitslog2
;
7177 maskwords
= 1 << (maskbitslog2
- cinfo
.shift1
);
7178 amt
= bucketcount
* sizeof (unsigned long int) * 2;
7179 amt
+= maskwords
* sizeof (bfd_vma
);
7180 cinfo
.bitmask
= (bfd_vma
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
7181 if (cinfo
.bitmask
== NULL
)
7183 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
7187 cinfo
.counts
= (long unsigned int *) (cinfo
.bitmask
+ maskwords
);
7188 cinfo
.indx
= cinfo
.counts
+ bucketcount
;
7189 cinfo
.symindx
= dynsymcount
- cinfo
.nsyms
;
7190 memset (cinfo
.bitmask
, 0, maskwords
* sizeof (bfd_vma
));
7192 /* Determine how often each hash bucket is used. */
7193 memset (cinfo
.counts
, 0, bucketcount
* sizeof (cinfo
.counts
[0]));
7194 for (i
= 0; i
< cinfo
.nsyms
; ++i
)
7195 ++cinfo
.counts
[cinfo
.hashcodes
[i
] % bucketcount
];
7197 for (i
= 0, cnt
= cinfo
.symindx
; i
< bucketcount
; ++i
)
7198 if (cinfo
.counts
[i
] != 0)
7200 cinfo
.indx
[i
] = cnt
;
7201 cnt
+= cinfo
.counts
[i
];
7203 BFD_ASSERT (cnt
== dynsymcount
);
7204 cinfo
.bucketcount
= bucketcount
;
7205 cinfo
.local_indx
= cinfo
.min_dynindx
;
7207 s
->size
= (4 + bucketcount
+ cinfo
.nsyms
) * 4;
7208 s
->size
+= cinfo
.maskbits
/ 8;
7209 contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
7210 if (contents
== NULL
)
7212 free (cinfo
.bitmask
);
7213 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
7217 s
->contents
= contents
;
7218 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, bucketcount
, contents
);
7219 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, cinfo
.symindx
, contents
+ 4);
7220 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, maskwords
, contents
+ 8);
7221 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, cinfo
.shift2
, contents
+ 12);
7222 contents
+= 16 + cinfo
.maskbits
/ 8;
7224 for (i
= 0; i
< bucketcount
; ++i
)
7226 if (cinfo
.counts
[i
] == 0)
7227 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0, contents
);
7229 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, cinfo
.indx
[i
], contents
);
7233 cinfo
.contents
= contents
;
7235 /* Renumber dynamic symbols, populate .gnu.hash section. */
7236 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
7237 elf_renumber_gnu_hash_syms
, &cinfo
);
7239 contents
= s
->contents
+ 16;
7240 for (i
= 0; i
< maskwords
; ++i
)
7242 bfd_put (bed
->s
->arch_size
, output_bfd
, cinfo
.bitmask
[i
],
7244 contents
+= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
7247 free (cinfo
.bitmask
);
7248 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
7252 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynstr");
7253 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7255 elf_finalize_dynstr (output_bfd
, info
);
7257 s
->size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
7259 for (dtagcount
= 0; dtagcount
<= info
->spare_dynamic_tags
; ++dtagcount
)
7260 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_NULL
, 0))
7267 /* Make sure sec_info_type is cleared if sec_info is cleared too. */
7270 merge_sections_remove_hook (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7273 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
);
7274 sec
->sec_info_type
= SEC_INFO_TYPE_NONE
;
7277 /* Finish SHF_MERGE section merging. */
7280 _bfd_elf_merge_sections (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7285 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
7288 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
7289 if ((ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
7290 && bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
7291 && (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
7292 == get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->s
->elfclass
))
7293 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
7294 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0
7295 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
7297 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*secdata
;
7299 secdata
= elf_section_data (sec
);
7300 if (! _bfd_add_merge_section (obfd
,
7301 &elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
,
7302 sec
, &secdata
->sec_info
))
7304 else if (secdata
->sec_info
)
7305 sec
->sec_info_type
= SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
;
7308 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
!= NULL
)
7309 _bfd_merge_sections (obfd
, info
, elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
,
7310 merge_sections_remove_hook
);
7314 /* Create an entry in an ELF linker hash table. */
7316 struct bfd_hash_entry
*
7317 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
7318 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
7321 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
7325 entry
= (struct bfd_hash_entry
*)
7326 bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
));
7331 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
7332 entry
= _bfd_link_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
7335 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ret
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
7336 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= (struct elf_link_hash_table
*) table
;
7338 /* Set local fields. */
7341 ret
->got
= htab
->init_got_refcount
;
7342 ret
->plt
= htab
->init_plt_refcount
;
7343 memset (&ret
->size
, 0, (sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
)
7344 - offsetof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
, size
)));
7345 /* Assume that we have been called by a non-ELF symbol reader.
7346 This flag is then reset by the code which reads an ELF input
7347 file. This ensures that a symbol created by a non-ELF symbol
7348 reader will have the flag set correctly. */
7355 /* Copy data from an indirect symbol to its direct symbol, hiding the
7356 old indirect symbol. Also used for copying flags to a weakdef. */
7359 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7360 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
7361 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
7363 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7365 /* Copy down any references that we may have already seen to the
7366 symbol which just became indirect. */
7368 if (dir
->versioned
!= versioned_hidden
)
7369 dir
->ref_dynamic
|= ind
->ref_dynamic
;
7370 dir
->ref_regular
|= ind
->ref_regular
;
7371 dir
->ref_regular_nonweak
|= ind
->ref_regular_nonweak
;
7372 dir
->non_got_ref
|= ind
->non_got_ref
;
7373 dir
->needs_plt
|= ind
->needs_plt
;
7374 dir
->pointer_equality_needed
|= ind
->pointer_equality_needed
;
7376 if (ind
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
7379 /* Copy over the global and procedure linkage table refcount entries.
7380 These may have been already set up by a check_relocs routine. */
7381 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
7382 if (ind
->got
.refcount
> htab
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
)
7384 if (dir
->got
.refcount
< 0)
7385 dir
->got
.refcount
= 0;
7386 dir
->got
.refcount
+= ind
->got
.refcount
;
7387 ind
->got
.refcount
= htab
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
;
7390 if (ind
->plt
.refcount
> htab
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
)
7392 if (dir
->plt
.refcount
< 0)
7393 dir
->plt
.refcount
= 0;
7394 dir
->plt
.refcount
+= ind
->plt
.refcount
;
7395 ind
->plt
.refcount
= htab
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
;
7398 if (ind
->dynindx
!= -1)
7400 if (dir
->dynindx
!= -1)
7401 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (htab
->dynstr
, dir
->dynstr_index
);
7402 dir
->dynindx
= ind
->dynindx
;
7403 dir
->dynstr_index
= ind
->dynstr_index
;
7405 ind
->dynstr_index
= 0;
7410 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7411 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
7412 bfd_boolean force_local
)
7414 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT. */
7415 if (h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
7417 h
->plt
= elf_hash_table (info
)->init_plt_offset
;
7422 h
->forced_local
= 1;
7423 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
7425 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
7428 h
->dynstr_index
= 0;
7433 /* Hide a symbol. */
7436 _bfd_elf_link_hide_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
7437 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7438 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
)
7440 if (is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
7442 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
7443 = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
7444 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*eh
7445 = (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
7446 bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol (info
, eh
, TRUE
);
7447 eh
->def_dynamic
= 0;
7448 eh
->ref_dynamic
= 0;
7449 eh
->dynamic_def
= 0;
7453 /* Initialize an ELF linker hash table. *TABLE has been zeroed by our
7457 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init
7458 (struct elf_link_hash_table
*table
,
7460 struct bfd_hash_entry
*(*newfunc
) (struct bfd_hash_entry
*,
7461 struct bfd_hash_table
*,
7463 unsigned int entsize
,
7464 enum elf_target_id target_id
)
7467 int can_refcount
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->can_refcount
;
7469 table
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
= can_refcount
- 1;
7470 table
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
= can_refcount
- 1;
7471 table
->init_got_offset
.offset
= -(bfd_vma
) 1;
7472 table
->init_plt_offset
.offset
= -(bfd_vma
) 1;
7473 /* The first dynamic symbol is a dummy. */
7474 table
->dynsymcount
= 1;
7476 ret
= _bfd_link_hash_table_init (&table
->root
, abfd
, newfunc
, entsize
);
7478 table
->root
.type
= bfd_link_elf_hash_table
;
7479 table
->hash_table_id
= target_id
;
7484 /* Create an ELF linker hash table. */
7486 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
7487 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
7489 struct elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
7490 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_table
);
7492 ret
= (struct elf_link_hash_table
*) bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
7496 if (! _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (ret
, abfd
, _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
7497 sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
),
7503 ret
->root
.hash_table_free
= _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free
;
7508 /* Destroy an ELF linker hash table. */
7511 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free (bfd
*obfd
)
7513 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7515 htab
= (struct elf_link_hash_table
*) obfd
->link
.hash
;
7516 if (htab
->dynstr
!= NULL
)
7517 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (htab
->dynstr
);
7518 _bfd_merge_sections_free (htab
->merge_info
);
7519 _bfd_generic_link_hash_table_free (obfd
);
7522 /* This is a hook for the ELF emulation code in the generic linker to
7523 tell the backend linker what file name to use for the DT_NEEDED
7524 entry for a dynamic object. */
7527 bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
7529 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
7530 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
7531 elf_dt_name (abfd
) = name
;
7535 bfd_elf_get_dyn_lib_class (bfd
*abfd
)
7538 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
7539 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
7540 lib_class
= elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
);
7547 bfd_elf_set_dyn_lib_class (bfd
*abfd
, enum dynamic_lib_link_class lib_class
)
7549 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
7550 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
7551 elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) = lib_class
;
7554 /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries for a link. This is a hook for
7555 the linker ELF emulation code. */
7557 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*
7558 bfd_elf_get_needed_list (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7559 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7561 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
7563 return elf_hash_table (info
)->needed
;
7566 /* Get the list of DT_RPATH/DT_RUNPATH entries for a link. This is a
7567 hook for the linker ELF emulation code. */
7569 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*
7570 bfd_elf_get_runpath_list (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7571 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7573 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
7575 return elf_hash_table (info
)->runpath
;
7578 /* Get the name actually used for a dynamic object for a link. This
7579 is the SONAME entry if there is one. Otherwise, it is the string
7580 passed to bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name, or it is the filename. */
7583 bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (bfd
*abfd
)
7585 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
7586 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
7587 return elf_dt_name (abfd
);
7591 /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries from a BFD. This is a hook for
7592 the ELF linker emulation code. */
7595 bfd_elf_get_bfd_needed_list (bfd
*abfd
,
7596 struct bfd_link_needed_list
**pneeded
)
7599 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
7600 unsigned int elfsec
;
7601 unsigned long shlink
;
7602 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
7604 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
7608 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7609 || bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_object
)
7612 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
7613 if (s
== NULL
|| s
->size
== 0)
7616 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
7619 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
7620 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
7623 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
7625 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
7626 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
7629 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
7630 for (; extdyn
< extdynend
; extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
7632 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
7634 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
7636 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
7639 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
)
7642 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*l
;
7643 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
7646 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
7651 l
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
7672 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
7674 unsigned long st_name
; /* Symbol name, index in string tbl */
7675 unsigned char st_info
; /* Type and binding attributes */
7676 unsigned char st_other
; /* Visibilty, and target specific */
7679 struct elf_symbuf_head
7681 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
;
7683 unsigned int st_shndx
;
7690 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
7691 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
;
7696 /* Sort references to symbols by ascending section number. */
7699 elf_sort_elf_symbol (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
7701 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*s1
= *(const Elf_Internal_Sym
**) arg1
;
7702 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*s2
= *(const Elf_Internal_Sym
**) arg2
;
7704 return s1
->st_shndx
- s2
->st_shndx
;
7708 elf_sym_name_compare (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
7710 const struct elf_symbol
*s1
= (const struct elf_symbol
*) arg1
;
7711 const struct elf_symbol
*s2
= (const struct elf_symbol
*) arg2
;
7712 return strcmp (s1
->name
, s2
->name
);
7715 static struct elf_symbuf_head
*
7716 elf_create_symbuf (size_t symcount
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
)
7718 Elf_Internal_Sym
**ind
, **indbufend
, **indbuf
;
7719 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
;
7720 struct elf_symbuf_head
*ssymbuf
, *ssymhead
;
7721 size_t i
, shndx_count
, total_size
;
7723 indbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
**) bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (*indbuf
));
7727 for (ind
= indbuf
, i
= 0; i
< symcount
; i
++)
7728 if (isymbuf
[i
].st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
7729 *ind
++ = &isymbuf
[i
];
7732 qsort (indbuf
, indbufend
- indbuf
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
*),
7733 elf_sort_elf_symbol
);
7736 if (indbufend
> indbuf
)
7737 for (ind
= indbuf
, shndx_count
++; ind
< indbufend
- 1; ind
++)
7738 if (ind
[0]->st_shndx
!= ind
[1]->st_shndx
)
7741 total_size
= ((shndx_count
+ 1) * sizeof (*ssymbuf
)
7742 + (indbufend
- indbuf
) * sizeof (*ssym
));
7743 ssymbuf
= (struct elf_symbuf_head
*) bfd_malloc (total_size
);
7744 if (ssymbuf
== NULL
)
7750 ssym
= (struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*) (ssymbuf
+ shndx_count
+ 1);
7751 ssymbuf
->ssym
= NULL
;
7752 ssymbuf
->count
= shndx_count
;
7753 ssymbuf
->st_shndx
= 0;
7754 for (ssymhead
= ssymbuf
, ind
= indbuf
; ind
< indbufend
; ssym
++, ind
++)
7756 if (ind
== indbuf
|| ssymhead
->st_shndx
!= (*ind
)->st_shndx
)
7759 ssymhead
->ssym
= ssym
;
7760 ssymhead
->count
= 0;
7761 ssymhead
->st_shndx
= (*ind
)->st_shndx
;
7763 ssym
->st_name
= (*ind
)->st_name
;
7764 ssym
->st_info
= (*ind
)->st_info
;
7765 ssym
->st_other
= (*ind
)->st_other
;
7768 BFD_ASSERT ((size_t) (ssymhead
- ssymbuf
) == shndx_count
7769 && (((bfd_hostptr_t
) ssym
- (bfd_hostptr_t
) ssymbuf
)
7776 /* Check if 2 sections define the same set of local and global
7780 bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (asection
*sec1
, asection
*sec2
,
7781 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7784 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed1
, *bed2
;
7785 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr1
, *hdr2
;
7786 size_t symcount1
, symcount2
;
7787 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf1
, *isymbuf2
;
7788 struct elf_symbuf_head
*ssymbuf1
, *ssymbuf2
;
7789 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
, *isymend
;
7790 struct elf_symbol
*symtable1
= NULL
, *symtable2
= NULL
;
7791 size_t count1
, count2
, i
;
7792 unsigned int shndx1
, shndx2
;
7798 /* Both sections have to be in ELF. */
7799 if (bfd_get_flavour (bfd1
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7800 || bfd_get_flavour (bfd2
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7803 if (elf_section_type (sec1
) != elf_section_type (sec2
))
7806 shndx1
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd1
, sec1
);
7807 shndx2
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd2
, sec2
);
7808 if (shndx1
== SHN_BAD
|| shndx2
== SHN_BAD
)
7811 bed1
= get_elf_backend_data (bfd1
);
7812 bed2
= get_elf_backend_data (bfd2
);
7813 hdr1
= &elf_tdata (bfd1
)->symtab_hdr
;
7814 symcount1
= hdr1
->sh_size
/ bed1
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7815 hdr2
= &elf_tdata (bfd2
)->symtab_hdr
;
7816 symcount2
= hdr2
->sh_size
/ bed2
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7818 if (symcount1
== 0 || symcount2
== 0)
7824 ssymbuf1
= (struct elf_symbuf_head
*) elf_tdata (bfd1
)->symbuf
;
7825 ssymbuf2
= (struct elf_symbuf_head
*) elf_tdata (bfd2
)->symbuf
;
7827 if (ssymbuf1
== NULL
)
7829 isymbuf1
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd1
, hdr1
, symcount1
, 0,
7831 if (isymbuf1
== NULL
)
7834 if (!info
->reduce_memory_overheads
)
7835 elf_tdata (bfd1
)->symbuf
= ssymbuf1
7836 = elf_create_symbuf (symcount1
, isymbuf1
);
7839 if (ssymbuf1
== NULL
|| ssymbuf2
== NULL
)
7841 isymbuf2
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd2
, hdr2
, symcount2
, 0,
7843 if (isymbuf2
== NULL
)
7846 if (ssymbuf1
!= NULL
&& !info
->reduce_memory_overheads
)
7847 elf_tdata (bfd2
)->symbuf
= ssymbuf2
7848 = elf_create_symbuf (symcount2
, isymbuf2
);
7851 if (ssymbuf1
!= NULL
&& ssymbuf2
!= NULL
)
7853 /* Optimized faster version. */
7855 struct elf_symbol
*symp
;
7856 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
, *ssymend
;
7859 hi
= ssymbuf1
->count
;
7864 mid
= (lo
+ hi
) / 2;
7865 if (shndx1
< ssymbuf1
[mid
].st_shndx
)
7867 else if (shndx1
> ssymbuf1
[mid
].st_shndx
)
7871 count1
= ssymbuf1
[mid
].count
;
7878 hi
= ssymbuf2
->count
;
7883 mid
= (lo
+ hi
) / 2;
7884 if (shndx2
< ssymbuf2
[mid
].st_shndx
)
7886 else if (shndx2
> ssymbuf2
[mid
].st_shndx
)
7890 count2
= ssymbuf2
[mid
].count
;
7896 if (count1
== 0 || count2
== 0 || count1
!= count2
)
7900 = (struct elf_symbol
*) bfd_malloc (count1
* sizeof (*symtable1
));
7902 = (struct elf_symbol
*) bfd_malloc (count2
* sizeof (*symtable2
));
7903 if (symtable1
== NULL
|| symtable2
== NULL
)
7907 for (ssym
= ssymbuf1
->ssym
, ssymend
= ssym
+ count1
;
7908 ssym
< ssymend
; ssym
++, symp
++)
7910 symp
->u
.ssym
= ssym
;
7911 symp
->name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd1
,
7917 for (ssym
= ssymbuf2
->ssym
, ssymend
= ssym
+ count2
;
7918 ssym
< ssymend
; ssym
++, symp
++)
7920 symp
->u
.ssym
= ssym
;
7921 symp
->name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd2
,
7926 /* Sort symbol by name. */
7927 qsort (symtable1
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
7928 elf_sym_name_compare
);
7929 qsort (symtable2
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
7930 elf_sym_name_compare
);
7932 for (i
= 0; i
< count1
; i
++)
7933 /* Two symbols must have the same binding, type and name. */
7934 if (symtable1
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_info
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_info
7935 || symtable1
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_other
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_other
7936 || strcmp (symtable1
[i
].name
, symtable2
[i
].name
) != 0)
7943 symtable1
= (struct elf_symbol
*)
7944 bfd_malloc (symcount1
* sizeof (struct elf_symbol
));
7945 symtable2
= (struct elf_symbol
*)
7946 bfd_malloc (symcount2
* sizeof (struct elf_symbol
));
7947 if (symtable1
== NULL
|| symtable2
== NULL
)
7950 /* Count definitions in the section. */
7952 for (isym
= isymbuf1
, isymend
= isym
+ symcount1
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
7953 if (isym
->st_shndx
== shndx1
)
7954 symtable1
[count1
++].u
.isym
= isym
;
7957 for (isym
= isymbuf2
, isymend
= isym
+ symcount2
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
7958 if (isym
->st_shndx
== shndx2
)
7959 symtable2
[count2
++].u
.isym
= isym
;
7961 if (count1
== 0 || count2
== 0 || count1
!= count2
)
7964 for (i
= 0; i
< count1
; i
++)
7966 = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd1
, hdr1
->sh_link
,
7967 symtable1
[i
].u
.isym
->st_name
);
7969 for (i
= 0; i
< count2
; i
++)
7971 = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd2
, hdr2
->sh_link
,
7972 symtable2
[i
].u
.isym
->st_name
);
7974 /* Sort symbol by name. */
7975 qsort (symtable1
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
7976 elf_sym_name_compare
);
7977 qsort (symtable2
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
7978 elf_sym_name_compare
);
7980 for (i
= 0; i
< count1
; i
++)
7981 /* Two symbols must have the same binding, type and name. */
7982 if (symtable1
[i
].u
.isym
->st_info
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.isym
->st_info
7983 || symtable1
[i
].u
.isym
->st_other
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.isym
->st_other
7984 || strcmp (symtable1
[i
].name
, symtable2
[i
].name
) != 0)
8002 /* Return TRUE if 2 section types are compatible. */
8005 _bfd_elf_match_sections_by_type (bfd
*abfd
, const asection
*asec
,
8006 bfd
*bbfd
, const asection
*bsec
)
8010 || abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
8011 || bbfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8014 return elf_section_type (asec
) == elf_section_type (bsec
);
8017 /* Final phase of ELF linker. */
8019 /* A structure we use to avoid passing large numbers of arguments. */
8021 struct elf_final_link_info
8023 /* General link information. */
8024 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
8027 /* Symbol string table. */
8028 struct elf_strtab_hash
*symstrtab
;
8029 /* .hash section. */
8031 /* symbol version section (.gnu.version). */
8032 asection
*symver_sec
;
8033 /* Buffer large enough to hold contents of any section. */
8035 /* Buffer large enough to hold external relocs of any section. */
8036 void *external_relocs
;
8037 /* Buffer large enough to hold internal relocs of any section. */
8038 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
8039 /* Buffer large enough to hold external local symbols of any input
8041 bfd_byte
*external_syms
;
8042 /* And a buffer for symbol section indices. */
8043 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*locsym_shndx
;
8044 /* Buffer large enough to hold internal local symbols of any input
8046 Elf_Internal_Sym
*internal_syms
;
8047 /* Array large enough to hold a symbol index for each local symbol
8048 of any input BFD. */
8050 /* Array large enough to hold a section pointer for each local
8051 symbol of any input BFD. */
8052 asection
**sections
;
8053 /* Buffer for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section. */
8054 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*symshndxbuf
;
8055 /* Number of STT_FILE syms seen. */
8056 size_t filesym_count
;
8059 /* This struct is used to pass information to elf_link_output_extsym. */
8061 struct elf_outext_info
8064 bfd_boolean localsyms
;
8065 bfd_boolean file_sym_done
;
8066 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
;
8070 /* Support for evaluating a complex relocation.
8072 Complex relocations are generalized, self-describing relocations. The
8073 implementation of them consists of two parts: complex symbols, and the
8074 relocations themselves.
8076 The relocations are use a reserved elf-wide relocation type code (R_RELC
8077 external / BFD_RELOC_RELC internal) and an encoding of relocation field
8078 information (start bit, end bit, word width, etc) into the addend. This
8079 information is extracted from CGEN-generated operand tables within gas.
8081 Complex symbols are mangled symbols (BSF_RELC external / STT_RELC
8082 internal) representing prefix-notation expressions, including but not
8083 limited to those sorts of expressions normally encoded as addends in the
8084 addend field. The symbol mangling format is:
8087 | <unary-operator> ':' <node>
8088 | <binary-operator> ':' <node> ':' <node>
8091 <literal> := 's' <digits=N> ':' <N character symbol name>
8092 | 'S' <digits=N> ':' <N character section name>
8096 <binary-operator> := as in C
8097 <unary-operator> := as in C, plus "0-" for unambiguous negation. */
8100 set_symbol_value (bfd
*bfd_with_globals
,
8101 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
,
8106 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
8107 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8108 size_t extsymoff
= locsymcount
;
8110 if (symidx
< locsymcount
)
8112 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
8114 sym
= isymbuf
+ symidx
;
8115 if (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) == STB_LOCAL
)
8117 /* It is a local symbol: move it to the
8118 "absolute" section and give it a value. */
8119 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
8120 sym
->st_value
= val
;
8123 BFD_ASSERT (elf_bad_symtab (bfd_with_globals
));
8127 /* It is a global symbol: set its link type
8128 to "defined" and give it a value. */
8130 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (bfd_with_globals
);
8131 h
= sym_hashes
[symidx
- extsymoff
];
8132 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
8133 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8134 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
8135 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
8136 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= val
;
8137 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
8141 resolve_symbol (const char *name
,
8143 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
,
8145 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
,
8148 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
8149 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*global_entry
;
8150 const char *candidate
= NULL
;
8151 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8154 symtab_hdr
= & elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8156 for (i
= 0; i
< locsymcount
; ++ i
)
8160 if (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
8163 candidate
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
8164 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
8167 printf ("Comparing string: '%s' vs. '%s' = 0x%lx\n",
8168 name
, candidate
, (unsigned long) sym
->st_value
);
8170 if (candidate
&& strcmp (candidate
, name
) == 0)
8172 asection
*sec
= flinfo
->sections
[i
];
8174 *result
= _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (input_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, 0);
8175 *result
+= sec
->output_offset
+ sec
->output_section
->vma
;
8177 printf ("Found symbol with value %8.8lx\n",
8178 (unsigned long) *result
);
8184 /* Hmm, haven't found it yet. perhaps it is a global. */
8185 global_entry
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (flinfo
->info
->hash
, name
,
8186 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
8190 if (global_entry
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
8191 || global_entry
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
8193 *result
= (global_entry
->u
.def
.value
8194 + global_entry
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
8195 + global_entry
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
8197 printf ("Found GLOBAL symbol '%s' with value %8.8lx\n",
8198 global_entry
->root
.string
, (unsigned long) *result
);
8206 /* Looks up NAME in SECTIONS. If found sets RESULT to NAME's address (in
8207 bytes) and returns TRUE, otherwise returns FALSE. Accepts pseudo-section
8208 names like "foo.end" which is the end address of section "foo". */
8211 resolve_section (const char *name
,
8219 for (curr
= sections
; curr
; curr
= curr
->next
)
8220 if (strcmp (curr
->name
, name
) == 0)
8222 *result
= curr
->vma
;
8226 /* Hmm. still haven't found it. try pseudo-section names. */
8227 /* FIXME: This could be coded more efficiently... */
8228 for (curr
= sections
; curr
; curr
= curr
->next
)
8230 len
= strlen (curr
->name
);
8231 if (len
> strlen (name
))
8234 if (strncmp (curr
->name
, name
, len
) == 0)
8236 if (strncmp (".end", name
+ len
, 4) == 0)
8238 *result
= curr
->vma
+ curr
->size
/ bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
);
8242 /* Insert more pseudo-section names here, if you like. */
8250 undefined_reference (const char *reftype
, const char *name
)
8252 /* xgettext:c-format */
8253 _bfd_error_handler (_("undefined %s reference in complex symbol: %s"),
8258 eval_symbol (bfd_vma
*result
,
8261 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
,
8263 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
,
8272 const char *sym
= *symp
;
8274 bfd_boolean symbol_is_section
= FALSE
;
8279 if (len
< 1 || len
> sizeof (symbuf
))
8281 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8294 *result
= strtoul (sym
, (char **) symp
, 16);
8298 symbol_is_section
= TRUE
;
8302 symlen
= strtol (sym
, (char **) symp
, 10);
8303 sym
= *symp
+ 1; /* Skip the trailing ':'. */
8305 if (symend
< sym
|| symlen
+ 1 > sizeof (symbuf
))
8307 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8311 memcpy (symbuf
, sym
, symlen
);
8312 symbuf
[symlen
] = '\0';
8313 *symp
= sym
+ symlen
;
8315 /* Is it always possible, with complex symbols, that gas "mis-guessed"
8316 the symbol as a section, or vice-versa. so we're pretty liberal in our
8317 interpretation here; section means "try section first", not "must be a
8318 section", and likewise with symbol. */
8320 if (symbol_is_section
)
8322 if (!resolve_section (symbuf
, flinfo
->output_bfd
->sections
, result
, input_bfd
)
8323 && !resolve_symbol (symbuf
, input_bfd
, flinfo
, result
,
8324 isymbuf
, locsymcount
))
8326 undefined_reference ("section", symbuf
);
8332 if (!resolve_symbol (symbuf
, input_bfd
, flinfo
, result
,
8333 isymbuf
, locsymcount
)
8334 && !resolve_section (symbuf
, flinfo
->output_bfd
->sections
,
8337 undefined_reference ("symbol", symbuf
);
8344 /* All that remains are operators. */
8346 #define UNARY_OP(op) \
8347 if (strncmp (sym, #op, strlen (#op)) == 0) \
8349 sym += strlen (#op); \
8353 if (!eval_symbol (&a, symp, input_bfd, flinfo, dot, \
8354 isymbuf, locsymcount, signed_p)) \
8357 *result = op ((bfd_signed_vma) a); \
8363 #define BINARY_OP(op) \
8364 if (strncmp (sym, #op, strlen (#op)) == 0) \
8366 sym += strlen (#op); \
8370 if (!eval_symbol (&a, symp, input_bfd, flinfo, dot, \
8371 isymbuf, locsymcount, signed_p)) \
8374 if (!eval_symbol (&b, symp, input_bfd, flinfo, dot, \
8375 isymbuf, locsymcount, signed_p)) \
8378 *result = ((bfd_signed_vma) a) op ((bfd_signed_vma) b); \
8408 _bfd_error_handler (_("unknown operator '%c' in complex symbol"), * sym
);
8409 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8415 put_value (bfd_vma size
,
8416 unsigned long chunksz
,
8421 location
+= (size
- chunksz
);
8423 for (; size
; size
-= chunksz
, location
-= chunksz
)
8428 bfd_put_8 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
8432 bfd_put_16 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
8436 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
8437 /* Computed this way because x >>= 32 is undefined if x is a 32-bit value. */
8443 bfd_put_64 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
8444 /* Computed this way because x >>= 64 is undefined if x is a 64-bit value. */
8457 get_value (bfd_vma size
,
8458 unsigned long chunksz
,
8465 /* Sanity checks. */
8466 BFD_ASSERT (chunksz
<= sizeof (x
)
8469 && (size
% chunksz
) == 0
8470 && input_bfd
!= NULL
8471 && location
!= NULL
);
8473 if (chunksz
== sizeof (x
))
8475 BFD_ASSERT (size
== chunksz
);
8477 /* Make sure that we do not perform an undefined shift operation.
8478 We know that size == chunksz so there will only be one iteration
8479 of the loop below. */
8483 shift
= 8 * chunksz
;
8485 for (; size
; size
-= chunksz
, location
+= chunksz
)
8490 x
= (x
<< shift
) | bfd_get_8 (input_bfd
, location
);
8493 x
= (x
<< shift
) | bfd_get_16 (input_bfd
, location
);
8496 x
= (x
<< shift
) | bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, location
);
8500 x
= (x
<< shift
) | bfd_get_64 (input_bfd
, location
);
8511 decode_complex_addend (unsigned long *start
, /* in bits */
8512 unsigned long *oplen
, /* in bits */
8513 unsigned long *len
, /* in bits */
8514 unsigned long *wordsz
, /* in bytes */
8515 unsigned long *chunksz
, /* in bytes */
8516 unsigned long *lsb0_p
,
8517 unsigned long *signed_p
,
8518 unsigned long *trunc_p
,
8519 unsigned long encoded
)
8521 * start
= encoded
& 0x3F;
8522 * len
= (encoded
>> 6) & 0x3F;
8523 * oplen
= (encoded
>> 12) & 0x3F;
8524 * wordsz
= (encoded
>> 18) & 0xF;
8525 * chunksz
= (encoded
>> 22) & 0xF;
8526 * lsb0_p
= (encoded
>> 27) & 1;
8527 * signed_p
= (encoded
>> 28) & 1;
8528 * trunc_p
= (encoded
>> 29) & 1;
8531 bfd_reloc_status_type
8532 bfd_elf_perform_complex_relocation (bfd
*input_bfd
,
8533 asection
*input_section ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8535 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
8538 bfd_vma shift
, x
, mask
;
8539 unsigned long start
, oplen
, len
, wordsz
, chunksz
, lsb0_p
, signed_p
, trunc_p
;
8540 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
8542 /* Perform this reloc, since it is complex.
8543 (this is not to say that it necessarily refers to a complex
8544 symbol; merely that it is a self-describing CGEN based reloc.
8545 i.e. the addend has the complete reloc information (bit start, end,
8546 word size, etc) encoded within it.). */
8548 decode_complex_addend (&start
, &oplen
, &len
, &wordsz
,
8549 &chunksz
, &lsb0_p
, &signed_p
,
8550 &trunc_p
, rel
->r_addend
);
8552 mask
= (((1L << (len
- 1)) - 1) << 1) | 1;
8555 shift
= (start
+ 1) - len
;
8557 shift
= (8 * wordsz
) - (start
+ len
);
8559 x
= get_value (wordsz
, chunksz
, input_bfd
,
8560 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
* bfd_octets_per_byte (input_bfd
));
8563 printf ("Doing complex reloc: "
8564 "lsb0? %ld, signed? %ld, trunc? %ld, wordsz %ld, "
8565 "chunksz %ld, start %ld, len %ld, oplen %ld\n"
8566 " dest: %8.8lx, mask: %8.8lx, reloc: %8.8lx\n",
8567 lsb0_p
, signed_p
, trunc_p
, wordsz
, chunksz
, start
, len
,
8568 oplen
, (unsigned long) x
, (unsigned long) mask
,
8569 (unsigned long) relocation
);
8574 /* Now do an overflow check. */
8575 r
= bfd_check_overflow ((signed_p
8576 ? complain_overflow_signed
8577 : complain_overflow_unsigned
),
8578 len
, 0, (8 * wordsz
),
8582 x
= (x
& ~(mask
<< shift
)) | ((relocation
& mask
) << shift
);
8585 printf (" relocation: %8.8lx\n"
8586 " shifted mask: %8.8lx\n"
8587 " shifted/masked reloc: %8.8lx\n"
8588 " result: %8.8lx\n",
8589 (unsigned long) relocation
, (unsigned long) (mask
<< shift
),
8590 (unsigned long) ((relocation
& mask
) << shift
), (unsigned long) x
);
8592 put_value (wordsz
, chunksz
, input_bfd
, x
,
8593 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
* bfd_octets_per_byte (input_bfd
));
8597 /* Functions to read r_offset from external (target order) reloc
8598 entry. Faster than bfd_getl32 et al, because we let the compiler
8599 know the value is aligned. */
8602 ext32l_r_offset (const void *p
)
8609 const union aligned32
*a
8610 = (const union aligned32
*) &((const Elf32_External_Rel
*) p
)->r_offset
;
8612 uint32_t aval
= ( (uint32_t) a
->c
[0]
8613 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[1] << 8
8614 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[2] << 16
8615 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[3] << 24);
8620 ext32b_r_offset (const void *p
)
8627 const union aligned32
*a
8628 = (const union aligned32
*) &((const Elf32_External_Rel
*) p
)->r_offset
;
8630 uint32_t aval
= ( (uint32_t) a
->c
[0] << 24
8631 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[1] << 16
8632 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[2] << 8
8633 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[3]);
8637 #ifdef BFD_HOST_64_BIT
8639 ext64l_r_offset (const void *p
)
8646 const union aligned64
*a
8647 = (const union aligned64
*) &((const Elf64_External_Rel
*) p
)->r_offset
;
8649 uint64_t aval
= ( (uint64_t) a
->c
[0]
8650 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[1] << 8
8651 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[2] << 16
8652 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[3] << 24
8653 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[4] << 32
8654 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[5] << 40
8655 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[6] << 48
8656 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[7] << 56);
8661 ext64b_r_offset (const void *p
)
8668 const union aligned64
*a
8669 = (const union aligned64
*) &((const Elf64_External_Rel
*) p
)->r_offset
;
8671 uint64_t aval
= ( (uint64_t) a
->c
[0] << 56
8672 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[1] << 48
8673 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[2] << 40
8674 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[3] << 32
8675 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[4] << 24
8676 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[5] << 16
8677 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[6] << 8
8678 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[7]);
8683 /* When performing a relocatable link, the input relocations are
8684 preserved. But, if they reference global symbols, the indices
8685 referenced must be updated. Update all the relocations found in
8689 elf_link_adjust_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
8691 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
,
8693 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8696 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8698 void (*swap_in
) (bfd
*, const bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
8699 void (*swap_out
) (bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_byte
*);
8700 bfd_vma r_type_mask
;
8702 unsigned int count
= reldata
->count
;
8703 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash
= reldata
->hashes
;
8705 if (reldata
->hdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
)
8707 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_in
;
8708 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
;
8710 else if (reldata
->hdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
)
8712 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_in
;
8713 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
;
8718 if (bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
> MAX_INT_RELS_PER_EXT_REL
)
8721 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
8728 r_type_mask
= 0xffffffff;
8732 erela
= reldata
->hdr
->contents
;
8733 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, rel_hash
++, erela
+= reldata
->hdr
->sh_entsize
)
8735 Elf_Internal_Rela irela
[MAX_INT_RELS_PER_EXT_REL
];
8738 if (*rel_hash
== NULL
)
8741 if ((*rel_hash
)->indx
== -2
8742 && info
->gc_sections
8743 && ! info
->gc_keep_exported
)
8745 /* PR 21524: Let the user know if a symbol was removed by garbage collection. */
8746 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB:%pA: error: relocation references symbol %s which was removed by garbage collection"),
8748 (*rel_hash
)->root
.root
.string
);
8749 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB:%pA: error: try relinking with --gc-keep-exported enabled"),
8751 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8754 BFD_ASSERT ((*rel_hash
)->indx
>= 0);
8756 (*swap_in
) (abfd
, erela
, irela
);
8757 for (j
= 0; j
< bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
; j
++)
8758 irela
[j
].r_info
= ((bfd_vma
) (*rel_hash
)->indx
<< r_sym_shift
8759 | (irela
[j
].r_info
& r_type_mask
));
8760 (*swap_out
) (abfd
, irela
, erela
);
8763 if (bed
->elf_backend_update_relocs
)
8764 (*bed
->elf_backend_update_relocs
) (sec
, reldata
);
8766 if (sort
&& count
!= 0)
8768 bfd_vma (*ext_r_off
) (const void *);
8771 bfd_byte
*base
, *end
, *p
, *loc
;
8772 bfd_byte
*buf
= NULL
;
8774 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
8776 if (abfd
->xvec
->header_byteorder
== BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE
)
8777 ext_r_off
= ext32l_r_offset
;
8778 else if (abfd
->xvec
->header_byteorder
== BFD_ENDIAN_BIG
)
8779 ext_r_off
= ext32b_r_offset
;
8785 #ifdef BFD_HOST_64_BIT
8786 if (abfd
->xvec
->header_byteorder
== BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE
)
8787 ext_r_off
= ext64l_r_offset
;
8788 else if (abfd
->xvec
->header_byteorder
== BFD_ENDIAN_BIG
)
8789 ext_r_off
= ext64b_r_offset
;
8795 /* Must use a stable sort here. A modified insertion sort,
8796 since the relocs are mostly sorted already. */
8797 elt_size
= reldata
->hdr
->sh_entsize
;
8798 base
= reldata
->hdr
->contents
;
8799 end
= base
+ count
* elt_size
;
8800 if (elt_size
> sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
))
8803 /* Ensure the first element is lowest. This acts as a sentinel,
8804 speeding the main loop below. */
8805 r_off
= (*ext_r_off
) (base
);
8806 for (p
= loc
= base
; (p
+= elt_size
) < end
; )
8808 bfd_vma r_off2
= (*ext_r_off
) (p
);
8817 /* Don't just swap *base and *loc as that changes the order
8818 of the original base[0] and base[1] if they happen to
8819 have the same r_offset. */
8820 bfd_byte onebuf
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
)];
8821 memcpy (onebuf
, loc
, elt_size
);
8822 memmove (base
+ elt_size
, base
, loc
- base
);
8823 memcpy (base
, onebuf
, elt_size
);
8826 for (p
= base
+ elt_size
; (p
+= elt_size
) < end
; )
8828 /* base to p is sorted, *p is next to insert. */
8829 r_off
= (*ext_r_off
) (p
);
8830 /* Search the sorted region for location to insert. */
8832 while (r_off
< (*ext_r_off
) (loc
))
8837 /* Chances are there is a run of relocs to insert here,
8838 from one of more input files. Files are not always
8839 linked in order due to the way elf_link_input_bfd is
8840 called. See pr17666. */
8841 size_t sortlen
= p
- loc
;
8842 bfd_vma r_off2
= (*ext_r_off
) (loc
);
8843 size_t runlen
= elt_size
;
8844 size_t buf_size
= 96 * 1024;
8845 while (p
+ runlen
< end
8846 && (sortlen
<= buf_size
8847 || runlen
+ elt_size
<= buf_size
)
8848 && r_off2
> (*ext_r_off
) (p
+ runlen
))
8852 buf
= bfd_malloc (buf_size
);
8856 if (runlen
< sortlen
)
8858 memcpy (buf
, p
, runlen
);
8859 memmove (loc
+ runlen
, loc
, sortlen
);
8860 memcpy (loc
, buf
, runlen
);
8864 memcpy (buf
, loc
, sortlen
);
8865 memmove (loc
, p
, runlen
);
8866 memcpy (loc
+ runlen
, buf
, sortlen
);
8868 p
+= runlen
- elt_size
;
8871 /* Hashes are no longer valid. */
8872 free (reldata
->hashes
);
8873 reldata
->hashes
= NULL
;
8879 struct elf_link_sort_rela
8885 enum elf_reloc_type_class type
;
8886 /* We use this as an array of size int_rels_per_ext_rel. */
8887 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
[1];
8891 elf_link_sort_cmp1 (const void *A
, const void *B
)
8893 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*a
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) A
;
8894 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*b
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) B
;
8895 int relativea
, relativeb
;
8897 relativea
= a
->type
== reloc_class_relative
;
8898 relativeb
= b
->type
== reloc_class_relative
;
8900 if (relativea
< relativeb
)
8902 if (relativea
> relativeb
)
8904 if ((a
->rela
->r_info
& a
->u
.sym_mask
) < (b
->rela
->r_info
& b
->u
.sym_mask
))
8906 if ((a
->rela
->r_info
& a
->u
.sym_mask
) > (b
->rela
->r_info
& b
->u
.sym_mask
))
8908 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
< b
->rela
->r_offset
)
8910 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
> b
->rela
->r_offset
)
8916 elf_link_sort_cmp2 (const void *A
, const void *B
)
8918 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*a
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) A
;
8919 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*b
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) B
;
8921 if (a
->type
< b
->type
)
8923 if (a
->type
> b
->type
)
8925 if (a
->u
.offset
< b
->u
.offset
)
8927 if (a
->u
.offset
> b
->u
.offset
)
8929 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
< b
->rela
->r_offset
)
8931 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
> b
->rela
->r_offset
)
8937 elf_link_sort_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
**psec
)
8939 asection
*dynamic_relocs
;
8942 bfd_size_type count
, size
;
8943 size_t i
, ret
, sort_elt
, ext_size
;
8944 bfd_byte
*sort
, *s_non_relative
, *p
;
8945 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*sq
;
8946 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8947 int i2e
= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
8948 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
);
8949 void (*swap_in
) (bfd
*, const bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
8950 void (*swap_out
) (bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_byte
*);
8951 struct bfd_link_order
*lo
;
8953 bfd_boolean use_rela
;
8955 /* Find a dynamic reloc section. */
8956 rela_dyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rela.dyn");
8957 rel_dyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rel.dyn");
8958 if (rela_dyn
!= NULL
&& rela_dyn
->size
> 0
8959 && rel_dyn
!= NULL
&& rel_dyn
->size
> 0)
8961 bfd_boolean use_rela_initialised
= FALSE
;
8963 /* This is just here to stop gcc from complaining.
8964 Its initialization checking code is not perfect. */
8967 /* Both sections are present. Examine the sizes
8968 of the indirect sections to help us choose. */
8969 for (lo
= rela_dyn
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
8970 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8972 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8974 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
) == 0)
8976 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
8977 /* Section size is divisible by both rel and rela sizes.
8978 It is of no help to us. */
8982 /* Section size is only divisible by rela. */
8983 if (use_rela_initialised
&& !use_rela
)
8985 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unable to sort relocs - "
8986 "they are in more than one size"),
8988 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8994 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
8998 else if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
9000 /* Section size is only divisible by rel. */
9001 if (use_rela_initialised
&& use_rela
)
9003 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unable to sort relocs - "
9004 "they are in more than one size"),
9006 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9012 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
9017 /* The section size is not divisible by either -
9018 something is wrong. */
9019 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unable to sort relocs - "
9020 "they are of an unknown size"), abfd
);
9021 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9026 for (lo
= rel_dyn
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
9027 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
9029 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
9031 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
) == 0)
9033 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
9034 /* Section size is divisible by both rel and rela sizes.
9035 It is of no help to us. */
9039 /* Section size is only divisible by rela. */
9040 if (use_rela_initialised
&& !use_rela
)
9042 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unable to sort relocs - "
9043 "they are in more than one size"),
9045 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9051 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
9055 else if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
9057 /* Section size is only divisible by rel. */
9058 if (use_rela_initialised
&& use_rela
)
9060 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unable to sort relocs - "
9061 "they are in more than one size"),
9063 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9069 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
9074 /* The section size is not divisible by either -
9075 something is wrong. */
9076 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unable to sort relocs - "
9077 "they are of an unknown size"), abfd
);
9078 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9083 if (! use_rela_initialised
)
9087 else if (rela_dyn
!= NULL
&& rela_dyn
->size
> 0)
9089 else if (rel_dyn
!= NULL
&& rel_dyn
->size
> 0)
9096 dynamic_relocs
= rela_dyn
;
9097 ext_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
9098 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_in
;
9099 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
;
9103 dynamic_relocs
= rel_dyn
;
9104 ext_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
9105 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_in
;
9106 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
;
9110 for (lo
= dynamic_relocs
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
9111 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
9112 size
+= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
->size
;
9114 if (size
!= dynamic_relocs
->size
)
9117 sort_elt
= (sizeof (struct elf_link_sort_rela
)
9118 + (i2e
- 1) * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
));
9120 count
= dynamic_relocs
->size
/ ext_size
;
9123 sort
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_zmalloc (sort_elt
* count
);
9127 (*info
->callbacks
->warning
)
9128 (info
, _("not enough memory to sort relocations"), 0, abfd
, 0, 0);
9132 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
9133 r_sym_mask
= ~(bfd_vma
) 0xff;
9135 r_sym_mask
= ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffffffff;
9137 for (lo
= dynamic_relocs
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
9138 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
9140 bfd_byte
*erel
, *erelend
;
9141 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
9143 if (o
->contents
== NULL
&& o
->size
!= 0)
9145 /* This is a reloc section that is being handled as a normal
9146 section. See bfd_section_from_shdr. We can't combine
9147 relocs in this case. */
9152 erelend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
9153 p
= sort
+ o
->output_offset
* opb
/ ext_size
* sort_elt
;
9155 while (erel
< erelend
)
9157 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*s
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
9159 (*swap_in
) (abfd
, erel
, s
->rela
);
9160 s
->type
= (*bed
->elf_backend_reloc_type_class
) (info
, o
, s
->rela
);
9161 s
->u
.sym_mask
= r_sym_mask
;
9167 qsort (sort
, count
, sort_elt
, elf_link_sort_cmp1
);
9169 for (i
= 0, p
= sort
; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= sort_elt
)
9171 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*s
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
9172 if (s
->type
!= reloc_class_relative
)
9178 sq
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) s_non_relative
;
9179 for (; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= sort_elt
)
9181 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*sp
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
9182 if (((sp
->rela
->r_info
^ sq
->rela
->r_info
) & r_sym_mask
) != 0)
9184 sp
->u
.offset
= sq
->rela
->r_offset
;
9187 qsort (s_non_relative
, count
- ret
, sort_elt
, elf_link_sort_cmp2
);
9189 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
9190 if (htab
->srelplt
&& htab
->srelplt
->output_section
== dynamic_relocs
)
9192 /* We have plt relocs in .rela.dyn. */
9193 sq
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) sort
;
9194 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
9195 if (sq
[count
- i
- 1].type
!= reloc_class_plt
)
9197 if (i
!= 0 && htab
->srelplt
->size
== i
* ext_size
)
9199 struct bfd_link_order
**plo
;
9200 /* Put srelplt link_order last. This is so the output_offset
9201 set in the next loop is correct for DT_JMPREL. */
9202 for (plo
= &dynamic_relocs
->map_head
.link_order
; *plo
!= NULL
; )
9203 if ((*plo
)->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
9204 && (*plo
)->u
.indirect
.section
== htab
->srelplt
)
9210 plo
= &(*plo
)->next
;
9213 dynamic_relocs
->map_tail
.link_order
= lo
;
9218 for (lo
= dynamic_relocs
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
9219 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
9221 bfd_byte
*erel
, *erelend
;
9222 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
9225 erelend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
9226 o
->output_offset
= (p
- sort
) / sort_elt
* ext_size
/ opb
;
9227 while (erel
< erelend
)
9229 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*s
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
9230 (*swap_out
) (abfd
, s
->rela
, erel
);
9237 *psec
= dynamic_relocs
;
9241 /* Add a symbol to the output symbol string table. */
9244 elf_link_output_symstrtab (struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
,
9246 Elf_Internal_Sym
*elfsym
,
9247 asection
*input_sec
,
9248 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
9250 int (*output_symbol_hook
)
9251 (struct bfd_link_info
*, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
*,
9252 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
9253 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
9254 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
9255 bfd_size_type strtabsize
;
9257 BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (flinfo
->output_bfd
));
9259 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
9260 output_symbol_hook
= bed
->elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
;
9261 if (output_symbol_hook
!= NULL
)
9263 int ret
= (*output_symbol_hook
) (flinfo
->info
, name
, elfsym
, input_sec
, h
);
9270 || (input_sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
))
9271 elfsym
->st_name
= (unsigned long) -1;
9274 /* Call _bfd_elf_strtab_offset after _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize
9275 to get the final offset for st_name. */
9277 = (unsigned long) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (flinfo
->symstrtab
,
9279 if (elfsym
->st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
9283 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
);
9284 strtabsize
= hash_table
->strtabsize
;
9285 if (strtabsize
<= hash_table
->strtabcount
)
9287 strtabsize
+= strtabsize
;
9288 hash_table
->strtabsize
= strtabsize
;
9289 strtabsize
*= sizeof (*hash_table
->strtab
);
9291 = (struct elf_sym_strtab
*) bfd_realloc (hash_table
->strtab
,
9293 if (hash_table
->strtab
== NULL
)
9296 hash_table
->strtab
[hash_table
->strtabcount
].sym
= *elfsym
;
9297 hash_table
->strtab
[hash_table
->strtabcount
].dest_index
9298 = hash_table
->strtabcount
;
9299 hash_table
->strtab
[hash_table
->strtabcount
].destshndx_index
9300 = flinfo
->symshndxbuf
? bfd_get_symcount (flinfo
->output_bfd
) : 0;
9302 bfd_get_symcount (flinfo
->output_bfd
) += 1;
9303 hash_table
->strtabcount
+= 1;
9308 /* Swap symbols out to the symbol table and flush the output symbols to
9312 elf_link_swap_symbols_out (struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
)
9314 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
);
9317 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
9319 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
9323 if (!hash_table
->strtabcount
)
9326 BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (flinfo
->output_bfd
));
9328 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
9330 amt
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
* hash_table
->strtabcount
;
9331 symbuf
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
9335 if (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
)
9337 amt
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
9338 amt
*= bfd_get_symcount (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
9339 flinfo
->symshndxbuf
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*) bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
9340 if (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
== NULL
)
9347 for (i
= 0; i
< hash_table
->strtabcount
; i
++)
9349 struct elf_sym_strtab
*elfsym
= &hash_table
->strtab
[i
];
9350 if (elfsym
->sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
9351 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
= 0;
9354 = (unsigned long) _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (flinfo
->symstrtab
,
9355 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
);
9356 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (flinfo
->output_bfd
, &elfsym
->sym
,
9357 ((bfd_byte
*) symbuf
9358 + (elfsym
->dest_index
9359 * bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)),
9360 (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
9361 + elfsym
->destshndx_index
));
9364 hdr
= &elf_tdata (flinfo
->output_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
9365 pos
= hdr
->sh_offset
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
9366 amt
= hash_table
->strtabcount
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
9367 if (bfd_seek (flinfo
->output_bfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) == 0
9368 && bfd_bwrite (symbuf
, amt
, flinfo
->output_bfd
) == amt
)
9370 hdr
->sh_size
+= amt
;
9378 free (hash_table
->strtab
);
9379 hash_table
->strtab
= NULL
;
9384 /* Return TRUE if the dynamic symbol SYM in ABFD is supported. */
9387 check_dynsym (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
9389 if (sym
->st_shndx
>= (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xffff)
9390 && sym
->st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
)
9392 /* The gABI doesn't support dynamic symbols in output sections
9395 /* xgettext:c-format */
9396 (_("%pB: too many sections: %d (>= %d)"),
9397 abfd
, bfd_count_sections (abfd
), SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xffff);
9398 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
9404 /* For DSOs loaded in via a DT_NEEDED entry, emulate ld.so in
9405 allowing an unsatisfied unversioned symbol in the DSO to match a
9406 versioned symbol that would normally require an explicit version.
9407 We also handle the case that a DSO references a hidden symbol
9408 which may be satisfied by a versioned symbol in another DSO. */
9411 elf_link_check_versioned_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9412 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
,
9413 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
9416 struct elf_link_loaded_list
*loaded
;
9418 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
9421 /* Check indirect symbol. */
9422 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
9423 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9425 switch (h
->root
.type
)
9431 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
9432 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
9433 abfd
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
9435 || (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
9436 || (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_DT_NEEDED
) == 0)
9440 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
9441 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
9442 abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
9445 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
9446 abfd
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
->owner
;
9449 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
!= NULL
);
9451 for (loaded
= elf_hash_table (info
)->loaded
;
9453 loaded
= loaded
->next
)
9456 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
9460 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*versymhdr
;
9461 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
9462 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
9463 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
9464 Elf_External_Versym
*ever
;
9465 Elf_External_Versym
*extversym
;
9467 input
= loaded
->abfd
;
9469 /* We check each DSO for a possible hidden versioned definition. */
9471 || (input
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
9472 || elf_dynversym (input
) == 0)
9475 hdr
= &elf_tdata (input
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
9477 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
9478 if (elf_bad_symtab (input
))
9480 extsymcount
= symcount
;
9485 extsymcount
= symcount
- hdr
->sh_info
;
9486 extsymoff
= hdr
->sh_info
;
9489 if (extsymcount
== 0)
9492 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input
, hdr
, extsymcount
, extsymoff
,
9494 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
9497 /* Read in any version definitions. */
9498 versymhdr
= &elf_tdata (input
)->dynversym_hdr
;
9499 extversym
= (Elf_External_Versym
*) bfd_malloc (versymhdr
->sh_size
);
9500 if (extversym
== NULL
)
9503 if (bfd_seek (input
, versymhdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
9504 || (bfd_bread (extversym
, versymhdr
->sh_size
, input
)
9505 != versymhdr
->sh_size
))
9513 ever
= extversym
+ extsymoff
;
9514 isymend
= isymbuf
+ extsymcount
;
9515 for (isym
= isymbuf
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++, ever
++)
9518 Elf_Internal_Versym iver
;
9519 unsigned short version_index
;
9521 if (ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
) == STB_LOCAL
9522 || isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
9525 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input
,
9528 if (strcmp (name
, h
->root
.root
.string
) != 0)
9531 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (input
, ever
, &iver
);
9533 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0
9535 && h
->forced_local
))
9537 /* If we have a non-hidden versioned sym, then it should
9538 have provided a definition for the undefined sym unless
9539 it is defined in a non-shared object and forced local.
9544 version_index
= iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_VERSION
;
9545 if (version_index
== 1 || version_index
== 2)
9547 /* This is the base or first version. We can use it. */
9561 /* Convert ELF common symbol TYPE. */
9564 elf_link_convert_common_type (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, int type
)
9566 /* Commom symbol can only appear in relocatable link. */
9567 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
9569 switch (info
->elf_stt_common
)
9573 case elf_stt_common
:
9576 case no_elf_stt_common
:
9583 /* Add an external symbol to the symbol table. This is called from
9584 the hash table traversal routine. When generating a shared object,
9585 we go through the symbol table twice. The first time we output
9586 anything that might have been forced to local scope in a version
9587 script. The second time we output the symbols that are still
9591 elf_link_output_extsym (struct bfd_hash_entry
*bh
, void *data
)
9593 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
9594 struct elf_outext_info
*eoinfo
= (struct elf_outext_info
*) data
;
9595 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
= eoinfo
->flinfo
;
9597 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
9598 asection
*input_sec
;
9599 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
9604 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
9606 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9607 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
9611 /* Decide whether to output this symbol in this pass. */
9612 if (eoinfo
->localsyms
)
9614 if (!h
->forced_local
)
9619 if (h
->forced_local
)
9623 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
9625 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
9627 /* If we have an undefined symbol reference here then it must have
9628 come from a shared library that is being linked in. (Undefined
9629 references in regular files have already been handled unless
9630 they are in unreferenced sections which are removed by garbage
9632 bfd_boolean ignore_undef
= FALSE
;
9634 /* Some symbols may be special in that the fact that they're
9635 undefined can be safely ignored - let backend determine that. */
9636 if (bed
->elf_backend_ignore_undef_symbol
)
9637 ignore_undef
= bed
->elf_backend_ignore_undef_symbol (h
);
9639 /* If we are reporting errors for this situation then do so now. */
9642 && (!h
->ref_regular
|| flinfo
->info
->gc_sections
)
9643 && !elf_link_check_versioned_symbol (flinfo
->info
, bed
, h
)
9644 && flinfo
->info
->unresolved_syms_in_shared_libs
!= RM_IGNORE
)
9645 (*flinfo
->info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
9646 (flinfo
->info
, h
->root
.root
.string
,
9647 h
->ref_regular
? NULL
: h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
,
9649 flinfo
->info
->unresolved_syms_in_shared_libs
== RM_GENERATE_ERROR
);
9651 /* Strip a global symbol defined in a discarded section. */
9656 /* We should also warn if a forced local symbol is referenced from
9657 shared libraries. */
9658 if (bfd_link_executable (flinfo
->info
)
9663 && h
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
9664 && !elf_link_check_versioned_symbol (flinfo
->info
, bed
, h
))
9668 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
= h
;
9670 /* Check indirect symbol. */
9671 while (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
9672 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9674 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
)
9675 /* xgettext:c-format */
9676 msg
= _("%pB: internal symbol `%s' in %pB is referenced by DSO");
9677 else if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
)
9678 /* xgettext:c-format */
9679 msg
= _("%pB: hidden symbol `%s' in %pB is referenced by DSO");
9681 /* xgettext:c-format */
9682 msg
= _("%pB: local symbol `%s' in %pB is referenced by DSO");
9683 def_bfd
= flinfo
->output_bfd
;
9684 if (hi
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
9685 def_bfd
= hi
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
9686 _bfd_error_handler (msg
, flinfo
->output_bfd
,
9687 h
->root
.root
.string
, def_bfd
);
9688 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9689 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9693 /* We don't want to output symbols that have never been mentioned by
9694 a regular file, or that we have been told to strip. However, if
9695 h->indx is set to -2, the symbol is used by a reloc and we must
9700 else if ((h
->def_dynamic
9702 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
9706 else if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
)
9708 else if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
9709 && bfd_hash_lookup (flinfo
->info
->keep_hash
,
9710 h
->root
.root
.string
, FALSE
, FALSE
) == NULL
)
9712 else if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
9713 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
9714 && ((flinfo
->info
->strip_discarded
9715 && discarded_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
))
9716 || ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0
9717 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
9718 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)))
9720 else if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
9721 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
9722 && h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
!= NULL
9723 && (h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
9728 /* If we're stripping it, and it's not a dynamic symbol, there's
9729 nothing else to do. However, if it is a forced local symbol or
9730 an ifunc symbol we need to give the backend finish_dynamic_symbol
9731 function a chance to make it dynamic. */
9734 && type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
9735 && !h
->forced_local
)
9739 sym
.st_size
= h
->size
;
9740 sym
.st_other
= h
->other
;
9741 switch (h
->root
.type
)
9744 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
9745 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
9749 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
9750 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
9751 input_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
9752 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
9755 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
9756 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
9758 input_sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
9759 if (input_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
9762 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (flinfo
->output_bfd
,
9763 input_sec
->output_section
);
9764 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
9767 /* xgettext:c-format */
9768 (_("%pB: could not find output section %pA for input section %pA"),
9769 flinfo
->output_bfd
, input_sec
->output_section
, input_sec
);
9770 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
9771 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9775 /* ELF symbols in relocatable files are section relative,
9776 but in nonrelocatable files they are virtual
9778 sym
.st_value
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
+ input_sec
->output_offset
;
9779 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
9781 sym
.st_value
+= input_sec
->output_section
->vma
;
9782 if (h
->type
== STT_TLS
)
9784 asection
*tls_sec
= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->tls_sec
;
9785 if (tls_sec
!= NULL
)
9786 sym
.st_value
-= tls_sec
->vma
;
9792 BFD_ASSERT (input_sec
->owner
== NULL
9793 || (input_sec
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0);
9794 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
9795 input_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
9800 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
9801 input_sec
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
9802 sym
.st_shndx
= bed
->common_section_index (input_sec
);
9803 sym
.st_value
= 1 << h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
;
9806 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
9807 /* These symbols are created by symbol versioning. They point
9808 to the decorated version of the name. For example, if the
9809 symbol foo@@GNU_1.2 is the default, which should be used when
9810 foo is used with no version, then we add an indirect symbol
9811 foo which points to foo@@GNU_1.2. We ignore these symbols,
9812 since the indirected symbol is already in the hash table. */
9816 if (type
== STT_COMMON
|| type
== STT_OBJECT
)
9817 switch (h
->root
.type
)
9819 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
9820 type
= elf_link_convert_common_type (flinfo
->info
, type
);
9822 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
9823 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
9824 if (bed
->common_definition (&sym
))
9825 type
= elf_link_convert_common_type (flinfo
->info
, type
);
9829 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
9830 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
9836 if (h
->forced_local
)
9838 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, type
);
9839 /* Turn off visibility on local symbol. */
9840 sym
.st_other
&= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
9842 /* Set STB_GNU_UNIQUE only if symbol is defined in regular object. */
9843 else if (h
->unique_global
&& h
->def_regular
)
9844 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GNU_UNIQUE
, type
);
9845 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
9846 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
9847 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_WEAK
, type
);
9849 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, type
);
9850 sym
.st_target_internal
= h
->target_internal
;
9852 /* Give the processor backend a chance to tweak the symbol value,
9853 and also to finish up anything that needs to be done for this
9854 symbol. FIXME: Not calling elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol for
9855 forced local syms when non-shared is due to a historical quirk.
9856 STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT. */
9857 if ((h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
9859 && !bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
9860 || ((h
->dynindx
!= -1
9862 && ((bfd_link_pic (flinfo
->info
)
9863 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
9864 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
9865 || !h
->forced_local
)
9866 && elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
))
9868 if (! ((*bed
->elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol
)
9869 (flinfo
->output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
, h
, &sym
)))
9871 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9876 /* If we are marking the symbol as undefined, and there are no
9877 non-weak references to this symbol from a regular object, then
9878 mark the symbol as weak undefined; if there are non-weak
9879 references, mark the symbol as strong. We can't do this earlier,
9880 because it might not be marked as undefined until the
9881 finish_dynamic_symbol routine gets through with it. */
9882 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
9884 && (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) == STB_GLOBAL
9885 || ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) == STB_WEAK
))
9888 type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
.st_info
);
9890 /* Turn an undefined IFUNC symbol into a normal FUNC symbol. */
9891 if (type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9894 if (h
->ref_regular_nonweak
)
9895 bindtype
= STB_GLOBAL
;
9897 bindtype
= STB_WEAK
;
9898 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (bindtype
, type
);
9901 /* If this is a symbol defined in a dynamic library, don't use the
9902 symbol size from the dynamic library. Relinking an executable
9903 against a new library may introduce gratuitous changes in the
9904 executable's symbols if we keep the size. */
9905 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
9910 /* If a non-weak symbol with non-default visibility is not defined
9911 locally, it is a fatal error. */
9912 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
)
9913 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
.st_other
) != STV_DEFAULT
9914 && ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) != STB_WEAK
9915 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
9920 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
.st_other
) == STV_PROTECTED
)
9921 /* xgettext:c-format */
9922 msg
= _("%pB: protected symbol `%s' isn't defined");
9923 else if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
.st_other
) == STV_INTERNAL
)
9924 /* xgettext:c-format */
9925 msg
= _("%pB: internal symbol `%s' isn't defined");
9927 /* xgettext:c-format */
9928 msg
= _("%pB: hidden symbol `%s' isn't defined");
9929 _bfd_error_handler (msg
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
9930 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9931 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9935 /* If this symbol should be put in the .dynsym section, then put it
9936 there now. We already know the symbol index. We also fill in
9937 the entry in the .hash section. */
9938 if (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->dynsym
!= NULL
9940 && elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
9944 /* Since there is no version information in the dynamic string,
9945 if there is no version info in symbol version section, we will
9946 have a run-time problem if not linking executable, referenced
9947 by shared library, or not bound locally. */
9948 if (h
->verinfo
.verdef
== NULL
9949 && (!bfd_link_executable (flinfo
->info
)
9951 || !h
->def_regular
))
9953 char *p
= strrchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
9955 if (p
&& p
[1] != '\0')
9958 /* xgettext:c-format */
9959 (_("%pB: no symbol version section for versioned symbol `%s'"),
9960 flinfo
->output_bfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
9961 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9966 sym
.st_name
= h
->dynstr_index
;
9967 esym
= (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->dynsym
->contents
9968 + h
->dynindx
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
9969 if (!check_dynsym (flinfo
->output_bfd
, &sym
))
9971 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9974 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (flinfo
->output_bfd
, &sym
, esym
, 0);
9976 if (flinfo
->hash_sec
!= NULL
)
9978 size_t hash_entry_size
;
9979 bfd_byte
*bucketpos
;
9984 bucketcount
= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->bucketcount
;
9985 bucket
= h
->u
.elf_hash_value
% bucketcount
;
9988 = elf_section_data (flinfo
->hash_sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
9989 bucketpos
= ((bfd_byte
*) flinfo
->hash_sec
->contents
9990 + (bucket
+ 2) * hash_entry_size
);
9991 chain
= bfd_get (8 * hash_entry_size
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, bucketpos
);
9992 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, h
->dynindx
,
9994 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, chain
,
9995 ((bfd_byte
*) flinfo
->hash_sec
->contents
9996 + (bucketcount
+ 2 + h
->dynindx
) * hash_entry_size
));
9999 if (flinfo
->symver_sec
!= NULL
&& flinfo
->symver_sec
->contents
!= NULL
)
10001 Elf_Internal_Versym iversym
;
10002 Elf_External_Versym
*eversym
;
10004 if (!h
->def_regular
)
10006 if (h
->verinfo
.verdef
== NULL
10007 || (elf_dyn_lib_class (h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
)
10008 & (DYN_AS_NEEDED
| DYN_DT_NEEDED
| DYN_NO_NEEDED
)))
10009 iversym
.vs_vers
= 0;
10011 iversym
.vs_vers
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_exp_refno
+ 1;
10015 if (h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
)
10016 iversym
.vs_vers
= 1;
10018 iversym
.vs_vers
= h
->verinfo
.vertree
->vernum
+ 1;
10019 if (flinfo
->info
->create_default_symver
)
10023 /* Turn on VERSYM_HIDDEN only if the hidden versioned symbol is
10024 defined locally. */
10025 if (h
->versioned
== versioned_hidden
&& h
->def_regular
)
10026 iversym
.vs_vers
|= VERSYM_HIDDEN
;
10028 eversym
= (Elf_External_Versym
*) flinfo
->symver_sec
->contents
;
10029 eversym
+= h
->dynindx
;
10030 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (flinfo
->output_bfd
, &iversym
, eversym
);
10034 /* If the symbol is undefined, and we didn't output it to .dynsym,
10035 strip it from .symtab too. Obviously we can't do this for
10036 relocatable output or when needed for --emit-relocs. */
10037 else if (input_sec
== bfd_und_section_ptr
10039 /* PR 22319 Do not strip global undefined symbols marked as being needed. */
10040 && (h
->mark
!= 1 || ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) != STB_GLOBAL
)
10041 && !bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10044 /* Also strip others that we couldn't earlier due to dynamic symbol
10048 if ((input_sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
10051 /* Output a FILE symbol so that following locals are not associated
10052 with the wrong input file. We need one for forced local symbols
10053 if we've seen more than one FILE symbol or when we have exactly
10054 one FILE symbol but global symbols are present in a file other
10055 than the one with the FILE symbol. We also need one if linker
10056 defined symbols are present. In practice these conditions are
10057 always met, so just emit the FILE symbol unconditionally. */
10058 if (eoinfo
->localsyms
10059 && !eoinfo
->file_sym_done
10060 && eoinfo
->flinfo
->filesym_count
!= 0)
10062 Elf_Internal_Sym fsym
;
10064 memset (&fsym
, 0, sizeof (fsym
));
10065 fsym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
10066 fsym
.st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
10067 if (!elf_link_output_symstrtab (eoinfo
->flinfo
, NULL
, &fsym
,
10068 bfd_und_section_ptr
, NULL
))
10071 eoinfo
->file_sym_done
= TRUE
;
10074 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
10075 ret
= elf_link_output_symstrtab (flinfo
, h
->root
.root
.string
, &sym
,
10079 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
10084 else if (h
->indx
== -2)
10090 /* Return TRUE if special handling is done for relocs in SEC against
10091 symbols defined in discarded sections. */
10094 elf_section_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection
*sec
)
10096 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
10098 switch (sec
->sec_info_type
)
10100 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
10101 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
10102 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME_ENTRY
:
10108 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (sec
->owner
);
10109 if (bed
->elf_backend_ignore_discarded_relocs
!= NULL
10110 && (*bed
->elf_backend_ignore_discarded_relocs
) (sec
))
10116 /* Return a mask saying how ld should treat relocations in SEC against
10117 symbols defined in discarded sections. If this function returns
10118 COMPLAIN set, ld will issue a warning message. If this function
10119 returns PRETEND set, and the discarded section was link-once and the
10120 same size as the kept link-once section, ld will pretend that the
10121 symbol was actually defined in the kept section. Otherwise ld will
10122 zero the reloc (at least that is the intent, but some cooperation by
10123 the target dependent code is needed, particularly for REL targets). */
10126 _bfd_elf_default_action_discarded (asection
*sec
)
10128 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
10131 if (strcmp (".eh_frame", sec
->name
) == 0)
10134 if (strcmp (".gcc_except_table", sec
->name
) == 0)
10137 return COMPLAIN
| PRETEND
;
10140 /* Find a match between a section and a member of a section group. */
10143 match_group_member (asection
*sec
, asection
*group
,
10144 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
10146 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (group
);
10147 asection
*s
= first
;
10151 if (bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (s
, sec
, info
))
10154 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
10162 /* Check if the kept section of a discarded section SEC can be used
10163 to replace it. Return the replacement if it is OK. Otherwise return
10167 _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (asection
*sec
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
10171 kept
= sec
->kept_section
;
10174 if ((kept
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
10175 kept
= match_group_member (sec
, kept
, info
);
10177 && ((sec
->rawsize
!= 0 ? sec
->rawsize
: sec
->size
)
10178 != (kept
->rawsize
!= 0 ? kept
->rawsize
: kept
->size
)))
10180 sec
->kept_section
= kept
;
10185 /* Link an input file into the linker output file. This function
10186 handles all the sections and relocations of the input file at once.
10187 This is so that we only have to read the local symbols once, and
10188 don't have to keep them in memory. */
10191 elf_link_input_bfd (struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
, bfd
*input_bfd
)
10193 int (*relocate_section
)
10194 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd
*, asection
*, bfd_byte
*,
10195 Elf_Internal_Rela
*, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
**);
10197 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
10198 size_t locsymcount
;
10200 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
10201 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
10202 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
10204 asection
**ppsection
;
10206 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
10207 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
10208 bfd_size_type address_size
;
10209 bfd_vma r_type_mask
;
10211 bfd_boolean have_file_sym
= FALSE
;
10213 output_bfd
= flinfo
->output_bfd
;
10214 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
10215 relocate_section
= bed
->elf_backend_relocate_section
;
10217 /* If this is a dynamic object, we don't want to do anything here:
10218 we don't want the local symbols, and we don't want the section
10220 if ((input_bfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
10223 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
10224 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
10226 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
10231 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
10232 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
10235 /* Read the local symbols. */
10236 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
10237 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& locsymcount
!= 0)
10239 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
, locsymcount
, 0,
10240 flinfo
->internal_syms
,
10241 flinfo
->external_syms
,
10242 flinfo
->locsym_shndx
);
10243 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
10247 /* Find local symbol sections and adjust values of symbols in
10248 SEC_MERGE sections. Write out those local symbols we know are
10249 going into the output file. */
10250 isymend
= isymbuf
+ locsymcount
;
10251 for (isym
= isymbuf
, pindex
= flinfo
->indices
, ppsection
= flinfo
->sections
;
10253 isym
++, pindex
++, ppsection
++)
10257 Elf_Internal_Sym osym
;
10263 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
10265 if (ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
10272 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
10273 isec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
10274 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
10275 isec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
10276 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
10277 isec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
10280 isec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (input_bfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
10283 /* Don't attempt to output symbols with st_shnx in the
10284 reserved range other than SHN_ABS and SHN_COMMON. */
10288 else if (isec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
10289 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) != STT_SECTION
)
10291 _bfd_merged_section_offset (output_bfd
, &isec
,
10292 elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
,
10298 /* Don't output the first, undefined, symbol. In fact, don't
10299 output any undefined local symbol. */
10300 if (isec
== bfd_und_section_ptr
)
10303 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
10305 /* We never output section symbols. Instead, we use the
10306 section symbol of the corresponding section in the output
10311 /* If we are stripping all symbols, we don't want to output this
10313 if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
)
10316 /* If we are discarding all local symbols, we don't want to
10317 output this one. If we are generating a relocatable output
10318 file, then some of the local symbols may be required by
10319 relocs; we output them below as we discover that they are
10321 if (flinfo
->info
->discard
== discard_all
)
10324 /* If this symbol is defined in a section which we are
10325 discarding, we don't need to keep it. */
10326 if (isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
10327 && isym
->st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
10328 && bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd
,
10329 isec
->output_section
))
10332 /* Get the name of the symbol. */
10333 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
10338 /* See if we are discarding symbols with this name. */
10339 if ((flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
10340 && (bfd_hash_lookup (flinfo
->info
->keep_hash
, name
, FALSE
, FALSE
)
10342 || (((flinfo
->info
->discard
== discard_sec_merge
10343 && (isec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
10344 && !bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10345 || flinfo
->info
->discard
== discard_l
)
10346 && bfd_is_local_label_name (input_bfd
, name
)))
10349 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_FILE
)
10351 if (input_bfd
->lto_output
)
10352 /* -flto puts a temp file name here. This means builds
10353 are not reproducible. Discard the symbol. */
10355 have_file_sym
= TRUE
;
10356 flinfo
->filesym_count
+= 1;
10358 if (!have_file_sym
)
10360 /* In the absence of debug info, bfd_find_nearest_line uses
10361 FILE symbols to determine the source file for local
10362 function symbols. Provide a FILE symbol here if input
10363 files lack such, so that their symbols won't be
10364 associated with a previous input file. It's not the
10365 source file, but the best we can do. */
10366 have_file_sym
= TRUE
;
10367 flinfo
->filesym_count
+= 1;
10368 memset (&osym
, 0, sizeof (osym
));
10369 osym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
10370 osym
.st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
10371 if (!elf_link_output_symstrtab (flinfo
,
10372 (input_bfd
->lto_output
? NULL
10373 : input_bfd
->filename
),
10374 &osym
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
10381 /* Adjust the section index for the output file. */
10382 osym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd
,
10383 isec
->output_section
);
10384 if (osym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
10387 /* ELF symbols in relocatable files are section relative, but
10388 in executable files they are virtual addresses. Note that
10389 this code assumes that all ELF sections have an associated
10390 BFD section with a reasonable value for output_offset; below
10391 we assume that they also have a reasonable value for
10392 output_section. Any special sections must be set up to meet
10393 these requirements. */
10394 osym
.st_value
+= isec
->output_offset
;
10395 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10397 osym
.st_value
+= isec
->output_section
->vma
;
10398 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (osym
.st_info
) == STT_TLS
)
10400 /* STT_TLS symbols are relative to PT_TLS segment base. */
10401 BFD_ASSERT (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->tls_sec
!= NULL
);
10402 osym
.st_value
-= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->tls_sec
->vma
;
10406 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (output_bfd
);
10407 ret
= elf_link_output_symstrtab (flinfo
, name
, &osym
, isec
, NULL
);
10414 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
10416 r_type_mask
= 0xff;
10422 r_type_mask
= 0xffffffff;
10427 /* Relocate the contents of each section. */
10428 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
);
10429 for (o
= input_bfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
10431 bfd_byte
*contents
;
10433 if (! o
->linker_mark
)
10435 /* This section was omitted from the link. */
10439 if (!flinfo
->info
->resolve_section_groups
10440 && (o
->flags
& (SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_GROUP
)) == SEC_GROUP
)
10442 /* Deal with the group signature symbol. */
10443 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sec_data
= elf_section_data (o
);
10444 unsigned long symndx
= sec_data
->this_hdr
.sh_info
;
10445 asection
*osec
= o
->output_section
;
10447 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
));
10448 if (symndx
>= locsymcount
10449 || (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)
10450 && flinfo
->sections
[symndx
] == NULL
))
10452 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= sym_hashes
[symndx
- extsymoff
];
10453 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
10454 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
10455 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
10456 /* Arrange for symbol to be output. */
10458 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= -2;
10460 else if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isymbuf
[symndx
].st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
10462 /* We'll use the output section target_index. */
10463 asection
*sec
= flinfo
->sections
[symndx
]->output_section
;
10464 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= sec
->target_index
;
10468 if (flinfo
->indices
[symndx
] == -1)
10470 /* Otherwise output the local symbol now. */
10471 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
= isymbuf
[symndx
];
10472 asection
*sec
= flinfo
->sections
[symndx
]->output_section
;
10477 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
10478 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
10483 sym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd
,
10485 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
10488 sym
.st_value
+= o
->output_offset
;
10490 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (output_bfd
);
10491 ret
= elf_link_output_symstrtab (flinfo
, name
, &sym
, o
,
10496 flinfo
->indices
[symndx
] = indx
;
10500 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
10501 = flinfo
->indices
[symndx
];
10505 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0
10506 || (o
->size
== 0 && (o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0))
10509 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
10511 /* Section was created by _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections
10516 /* Get the contents of the section. They have been cached by a
10517 relaxation routine. Note that o is a section in an input
10518 file, so the contents field will not have been set by any of
10519 the routines which work on output files. */
10520 if (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
10522 contents
= elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
10523 if (bed
->caches_rawsize
10525 && o
->rawsize
< o
->size
)
10527 memcpy (flinfo
->contents
, contents
, o
->rawsize
);
10528 contents
= flinfo
->contents
;
10533 contents
= flinfo
->contents
;
10534 if (! bfd_get_full_section_contents (input_bfd
, o
, &contents
))
10538 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
10540 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
10541 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
, *relend
;
10542 int action_discarded
;
10545 /* Get the swapped relocs. */
10547 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (input_bfd
, o
, flinfo
->external_relocs
,
10548 flinfo
->internal_relocs
, FALSE
);
10549 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
10550 && o
->reloc_count
> 0)
10553 /* We need to reverse-copy input .ctors/.dtors sections if
10554 they are placed in .init_array/.finit_array for output. */
10555 if (o
->size
> address_size
10556 && ((strncmp (o
->name
, ".ctors", 6) == 0
10557 && strcmp (o
->output_section
->name
,
10558 ".init_array") == 0)
10559 || (strncmp (o
->name
, ".dtors", 6) == 0
10560 && strcmp (o
->output_section
->name
,
10561 ".fini_array") == 0))
10562 && (o
->name
[6] == 0 || o
->name
[6] == '.'))
10564 if (o
->size
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
10565 != o
->reloc_count
* address_size
)
10568 /* xgettext:c-format */
10569 (_("error: %pB: size of section %pA is not "
10570 "multiple of address size"),
10572 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
10575 o
->flags
|= SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY
;
10578 action_discarded
= -1;
10579 if (!elf_section_ignore_discarded_relocs (o
))
10580 action_discarded
= (*bed
->action_discarded
) (o
);
10582 /* Run through the relocs evaluating complex reloc symbols and
10583 looking for relocs against symbols from discarded sections
10584 or section symbols from removed link-once sections.
10585 Complain about relocs against discarded sections. Zero
10586 relocs against removed link-once sections. */
10588 rel
= internal_relocs
;
10589 relend
= rel
+ o
->reloc_count
;
10590 for ( ; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
10592 unsigned long r_symndx
= rel
->r_info
>> r_sym_shift
;
10593 unsigned int s_type
;
10594 asection
**ps
, *sec
;
10595 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
10596 const char *sym_name
;
10598 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
10601 if (r_symndx
>= locsymcount
10602 || (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)
10603 && flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
] == NULL
))
10605 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
10607 /* Badly formatted input files can contain relocs that
10608 reference non-existant symbols. Check here so that
10609 we do not seg fault. */
10613 /* xgettext:c-format */
10614 (_("error: %pB contains a reloc (%#" PRIx64
") for section %pA "
10615 "that references a non-existent global symbol"),
10616 input_bfd
, (uint64_t) rel
->r_info
, o
);
10617 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
10621 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
10622 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
10623 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
10627 /* If a plugin symbol is referenced from a non-IR file,
10628 mark the symbol as undefined. Note that the
10629 linker may attach linker created dynamic sections
10630 to the plugin bfd. Symbols defined in linker
10631 created sections are not plugin symbols. */
10632 if ((h
->root
.non_ir_ref_regular
10633 || h
->root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
)
10634 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
10635 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
10636 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
10637 & SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0
10638 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
10639 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
10640 & BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
10642 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
10643 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
10647 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
10648 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
10649 ps
= &h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
10651 sym_name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
10655 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
10657 s_type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
);
10658 ps
= &flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
];
10659 sym_name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
,
10663 if ((s_type
== STT_RELC
|| s_type
== STT_SRELC
)
10664 && !bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10667 bfd_vma dot
= (rel
->r_offset
10668 + o
->output_offset
+ o
->output_section
->vma
);
10670 printf ("Encountered a complex symbol!");
10671 printf (" (input_bfd %s, section %s, reloc %ld\n",
10672 input_bfd
->filename
, o
->name
,
10673 (long) (rel
- internal_relocs
));
10674 printf (" symbol: idx %8.8lx, name %s\n",
10675 r_symndx
, sym_name
);
10676 printf (" reloc : info %8.8lx, addr %8.8lx\n",
10677 (unsigned long) rel
->r_info
,
10678 (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
10680 if (!eval_symbol (&val
, &sym_name
, input_bfd
, flinfo
, dot
,
10681 isymbuf
, locsymcount
, s_type
== STT_SRELC
))
10684 /* Symbol evaluated OK. Update to absolute value. */
10685 set_symbol_value (input_bfd
, isymbuf
, locsymcount
,
10690 if (action_discarded
!= -1 && ps
!= NULL
)
10692 /* Complain if the definition comes from a
10693 discarded section. */
10694 if ((sec
= *ps
) != NULL
&& discarded_section (sec
))
10696 BFD_ASSERT (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
);
10697 if (action_discarded
& COMPLAIN
)
10698 (*flinfo
->info
->callbacks
->einfo
)
10699 /* xgettext:c-format */
10700 (_("%X`%s' referenced in section `%pA' of %pB: "
10701 "defined in discarded section `%pA' of %pB\n"),
10702 sym_name
, o
, input_bfd
, sec
, sec
->owner
);
10704 /* Try to do the best we can to support buggy old
10705 versions of gcc. Pretend that the symbol is
10706 really defined in the kept linkonce section.
10707 FIXME: This is quite broken. Modifying the
10708 symbol here means we will be changing all later
10709 uses of the symbol, not just in this section. */
10710 if (action_discarded
& PRETEND
)
10714 kept
= _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (sec
,
10726 /* Relocate the section by invoking a back end routine.
10728 The back end routine is responsible for adjusting the
10729 section contents as necessary, and (if using Rela relocs
10730 and generating a relocatable output file) adjusting the
10731 reloc addend as necessary.
10733 The back end routine does not have to worry about setting
10734 the reloc address or the reloc symbol index.
10736 The back end routine is given a pointer to the swapped in
10737 internal symbols, and can access the hash table entries
10738 for the external symbols via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
10740 When generating relocatable output, the back end routine
10741 must handle STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially. The
10742 output symbol is going to be a section symbol
10743 corresponding to the output section, which will require
10744 the addend to be adjusted. */
10746 ret
= (*relocate_section
) (output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
,
10747 input_bfd
, o
, contents
,
10755 || bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
)
10756 || flinfo
->info
->emitrelocations
)
10758 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
;
10759 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irelaend
, *irelamid
;
10760 bfd_vma last_offset
;
10761 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash
;
10762 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash_list
, **rela_hash_list
;
10763 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*input_rel_hdr
, *input_rela_hdr
;
10764 unsigned int next_erel
;
10765 bfd_boolean rela_normal
;
10766 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdi
, *esdo
;
10768 esdi
= elf_section_data (o
);
10769 esdo
= elf_section_data (o
->output_section
);
10770 rela_normal
= FALSE
;
10772 /* Adjust the reloc addresses and symbol indices. */
10774 irela
= internal_relocs
;
10775 irelaend
= irela
+ o
->reloc_count
;
10776 rel_hash
= esdo
->rel
.hashes
+ esdo
->rel
.count
;
10777 /* We start processing the REL relocs, if any. When we reach
10778 IRELAMID in the loop, we switch to the RELA relocs. */
10780 if (esdi
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
)
10781 irelamid
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdi
->rel
.hdr
)
10782 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
10783 rel_hash_list
= rel_hash
;
10784 rela_hash_list
= NULL
;
10785 last_offset
= o
->output_offset
;
10786 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10787 last_offset
+= o
->output_section
->vma
;
10788 for (next_erel
= 0; irela
< irelaend
; irela
++, next_erel
++)
10790 unsigned long r_symndx
;
10792 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
10794 if (next_erel
== bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
10800 if (irela
== irelamid
)
10802 rel_hash
= esdo
->rela
.hashes
+ esdo
->rela
.count
;
10803 rela_hash_list
= rel_hash
;
10804 rela_normal
= bed
->rela_normal
;
10807 irela
->r_offset
= _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
,
10810 if (irela
->r_offset
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
10812 /* This is a reloc for a deleted entry or somesuch.
10813 Turn it into an R_*_NONE reloc, at the same
10814 offset as the last reloc. elf_eh_frame.c and
10815 bfd_elf_discard_info rely on reloc offsets
10817 irela
->r_offset
= last_offset
;
10819 irela
->r_addend
= 0;
10823 irela
->r_offset
+= o
->output_offset
;
10825 /* Relocs in an executable have to be virtual addresses. */
10826 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10827 irela
->r_offset
+= o
->output_section
->vma
;
10829 last_offset
= irela
->r_offset
;
10831 r_symndx
= irela
->r_info
>> r_sym_shift
;
10832 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
10835 if (r_symndx
>= locsymcount
10836 || (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)
10837 && flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
] == NULL
))
10839 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*rh
;
10840 unsigned long indx
;
10842 /* This is a reloc against a global symbol. We
10843 have not yet output all the local symbols, so
10844 we do not know the symbol index of any global
10845 symbol. We set the rel_hash entry for this
10846 reloc to point to the global hash table entry
10847 for this symbol. The symbol index is then
10848 set at the end of bfd_elf_final_link. */
10849 indx
= r_symndx
- extsymoff
;
10850 rh
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
)[indx
];
10851 while (rh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
10852 || rh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
10853 rh
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) rh
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
10855 /* Setting the index to -2 tells
10856 elf_link_output_extsym that this symbol is
10857 used by a reloc. */
10858 BFD_ASSERT (rh
->indx
< 0);
10865 /* This is a reloc against a local symbol. */
10868 sym
= isymbuf
[r_symndx
];
10869 sec
= flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
];
10870 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
.st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
10872 /* I suppose the backend ought to fill in the
10873 section of any STT_SECTION symbol against a
10874 processor specific section. */
10875 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
10876 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
10878 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
10880 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
10885 asection
*osec
= sec
->output_section
;
10887 /* If we have discarded a section, the output
10888 section will be the absolute section. In
10889 case of discarded SEC_MERGE sections, use
10890 the kept section. relocate_section should
10891 have already handled discarded linkonce
10893 if (bfd_is_abs_section (osec
)
10894 && sec
->kept_section
!= NULL
10895 && sec
->kept_section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
10897 osec
= sec
->kept_section
->output_section
;
10898 irela
->r_addend
-= osec
->vma
;
10901 if (!bfd_is_abs_section (osec
))
10903 r_symndx
= osec
->target_index
;
10904 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
10906 irela
->r_addend
+= osec
->vma
;
10907 osec
= _bfd_nearby_section (output_bfd
, osec
,
10909 irela
->r_addend
-= osec
->vma
;
10910 r_symndx
= osec
->target_index
;
10915 /* Adjust the addend according to where the
10916 section winds up in the output section. */
10918 irela
->r_addend
+= sec
->output_offset
;
10922 if (flinfo
->indices
[r_symndx
] == -1)
10924 unsigned long shlink
;
10929 if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
)
10931 /* You can't do ld -r -s. */
10932 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
10936 /* This symbol was skipped earlier, but
10937 since it is needed by a reloc, we
10938 must output it now. */
10939 shlink
= symtab_hdr
->sh_link
;
10940 name
= (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
10941 (input_bfd
, shlink
, sym
.st_name
));
10945 osec
= sec
->output_section
;
10947 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd
,
10949 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
10952 sym
.st_value
+= sec
->output_offset
;
10953 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10955 sym
.st_value
+= osec
->vma
;
10956 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
.st_info
) == STT_TLS
)
10958 /* STT_TLS symbols are relative to PT_TLS
10960 BFD_ASSERT (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)
10961 ->tls_sec
!= NULL
);
10962 sym
.st_value
-= (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)
10967 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (output_bfd
);
10968 ret
= elf_link_output_symstrtab (flinfo
, name
,
10974 flinfo
->indices
[r_symndx
] = indx
;
10979 r_symndx
= flinfo
->indices
[r_symndx
];
10982 irela
->r_info
= ((bfd_vma
) r_symndx
<< r_sym_shift
10983 | (irela
->r_info
& r_type_mask
));
10986 /* Swap out the relocs. */
10987 input_rel_hdr
= esdi
->rel
.hdr
;
10988 if (input_rel_hdr
&& input_rel_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
10990 if (!bed
->elf_backend_emit_relocs (output_bfd
, o
,
10995 internal_relocs
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
)
10996 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
10997 rel_hash_list
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
);
11000 input_rela_hdr
= esdi
->rela
.hdr
;
11001 if (input_rela_hdr
&& input_rela_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
11003 if (!bed
->elf_backend_emit_relocs (output_bfd
, o
,
11012 /* Write out the modified section contents. */
11013 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_section
11014 && (*bed
->elf_backend_write_section
) (output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
, o
,
11017 /* Section written out. */
11019 else switch (o
->sec_info_type
)
11021 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
11022 if (! (_bfd_write_section_stabs
11024 &elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->stab_info
,
11025 o
, &elf_section_data (o
)->sec_info
, contents
)))
11028 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
:
11029 if (! _bfd_write_merged_section (output_bfd
, o
,
11030 elf_section_data (o
)->sec_info
))
11033 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
11035 if (! _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
,
11040 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME_ENTRY
:
11042 if (! _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame_entry (output_bfd
,
11050 if (! (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
))
11052 file_ptr offset
= (file_ptr
) o
->output_offset
;
11053 bfd_size_type todo
= o
->size
;
11055 offset
*= bfd_octets_per_byte (output_bfd
);
11057 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY
))
11059 /* Reverse-copy input section to output. */
11062 todo
-= address_size
;
11063 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
,
11071 offset
+= address_size
;
11075 else if (! bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
,
11089 /* Generate a reloc when linking an ELF file. This is a reloc
11090 requested by the linker, and does not come from any input file. This
11091 is used to build constructor and destructor tables when linking
11095 elf_reloc_link_order (bfd
*output_bfd
,
11096 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
11097 asection
*output_section
,
11098 struct bfd_link_order
*link_order
)
11100 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
11104 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
;
11105 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash_ptr
;
11106 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
11107 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
11108 Elf_Internal_Rela irel
[MAX_INT_RELS_PER_EXT_REL
];
11111 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (output_section
);
11113 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (output_bfd
, link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->reloc
);
11116 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
11120 addend
= link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->addend
;
11123 reldata
= &esdo
->rel
;
11124 else if (esdo
->rela
.hdr
)
11125 reldata
= &esdo
->rela
;
11132 /* Figure out the symbol index. */
11133 rel_hash_ptr
= reldata
->hashes
+ reldata
->count
;
11134 if (link_order
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
)
11136 indx
= link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.section
->target_index
;
11137 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= 0);
11138 *rel_hash_ptr
= NULL
;
11142 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11144 /* Treat a reloc against a defined symbol as though it were
11145 actually against the section. */
11146 h
= ((struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)
11147 bfd_wrapped_link_hash_lookup (output_bfd
, info
,
11148 link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.name
,
11149 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
));
11151 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
11152 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
11156 section
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
11157 indx
= section
->output_section
->target_index
;
11158 *rel_hash_ptr
= NULL
;
11159 /* It seems that we ought to add the symbol value to the
11160 addend here, but in practice it has already been added
11161 because it was passed to constructor_callback. */
11162 addend
+= section
->output_section
->vma
+ section
->output_offset
;
11164 else if (h
!= NULL
)
11166 /* Setting the index to -2 tells elf_link_output_extsym that
11167 this symbol is used by a reloc. */
11174 (*info
->callbacks
->unattached_reloc
)
11175 (info
, link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.name
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
11180 /* If this is an inplace reloc, we must write the addend into the
11182 if (howto
->partial_inplace
&& addend
!= 0)
11184 bfd_size_type size
;
11185 bfd_reloc_status_type rstat
;
11188 const char *sym_name
;
11190 size
= (bfd_size_type
) bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
);
11191 buf
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_zmalloc (size
);
11192 if (buf
== NULL
&& size
!= 0)
11194 rstat
= _bfd_relocate_contents (howto
, output_bfd
, addend
, buf
);
11201 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
11204 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
11205 if (link_order
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
)
11206 sym_name
= bfd_section_name (output_bfd
,
11207 link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.section
);
11209 sym_name
= link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.name
;
11210 (*info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
) (info
, NULL
, sym_name
,
11211 howto
->name
, addend
, NULL
, NULL
,
11216 ok
= bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, output_section
, buf
,
11218 * bfd_octets_per_byte (output_bfd
),
11225 /* The address of a reloc is relative to the section in a
11226 relocatable file, and is a virtual address in an executable
11228 offset
= link_order
->offset
;
11229 if (! bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
11230 offset
+= output_section
->vma
;
11232 for (i
= 0; i
< bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
; i
++)
11234 irel
[i
].r_offset
= offset
;
11235 irel
[i
].r_info
= 0;
11236 irel
[i
].r_addend
= 0;
11238 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
11239 irel
[0].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, howto
->type
);
11241 irel
[0].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, howto
->type
);
11243 rel_hdr
= reldata
->hdr
;
11244 erel
= rel_hdr
->contents
;
11245 if (rel_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
)
11247 erel
+= reldata
->count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
11248 (*bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
) (output_bfd
, irel
, erel
);
11252 irel
[0].r_addend
= addend
;
11253 erel
+= reldata
->count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
11254 (*bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
) (output_bfd
, irel
, erel
);
11263 /* Get the output vma of the section pointed to by the sh_link field. */
11266 elf_get_linked_section_vma (struct bfd_link_order
*p
)
11268 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**elf_shdrp
;
11272 s
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
11273 elf_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (s
->owner
);
11274 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (s
->owner
, s
);
11275 elfsec
= elf_shdrp
[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
11277 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
11278 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
11279 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
11280 where elfsec is 0. */
11283 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
11284 = get_elf_backend_data (s
->owner
);
11285 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
11286 bed
->link_order_error_handler
11287 /* xgettext:c-format */
11288 (_("%pB: warning: sh_link not set for section `%pA'"), s
->owner
, s
);
11293 s
= elf_shdrp
[elfsec
]->bfd_section
;
11294 return s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
11299 /* Compare two sections based on the locations of the sections they are
11300 linked to. Used by elf_fixup_link_order. */
11303 compare_link_order (const void * a
, const void * b
)
11308 apos
= elf_get_linked_section_vma (*(struct bfd_link_order
**)a
);
11309 bpos
= elf_get_linked_section_vma (*(struct bfd_link_order
**)b
);
11312 return apos
> bpos
;
11316 /* Looks for sections with SHF_LINK_ORDER set. Rearranges them into the same
11317 order as their linked sections. Returns false if this could not be done
11318 because an output section includes both ordered and unordered
11319 sections. Ideally we'd do this in the linker proper. */
11322 elf_fixup_link_order (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*o
)
11324 int seen_linkorder
;
11327 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
11329 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11331 struct bfd_link_order
**sections
;
11332 asection
*s
, *other_sec
, *linkorder_sec
;
11336 linkorder_sec
= NULL
;
11338 seen_linkorder
= 0;
11339 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
11341 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
11343 s
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
11345 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
11346 && elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == bed
->s
->elfclass
11347 && (elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (sub
, s
))
11348 && elfsec
< elf_numsections (sub
)
11349 && elf_elfsections (sub
)[elfsec
]->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
11350 && elf_elfsections (sub
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
< elf_numsections (sub
))
11364 if (seen_other
&& seen_linkorder
)
11366 if (other_sec
&& linkorder_sec
)
11368 /* xgettext:c-format */
11369 (_("%pA has both ordered [`%pA' in %pB] "
11370 "and unordered [`%pA' in %pB] sections"),
11371 o
, linkorder_sec
, linkorder_sec
->owner
,
11372 other_sec
, other_sec
->owner
);
11375 (_("%pA has both ordered and unordered sections"), o
);
11376 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
11381 if (!seen_linkorder
)
11384 sections
= (struct bfd_link_order
**)
11385 bfd_malloc (seen_linkorder
* sizeof (struct bfd_link_order
*));
11386 if (sections
== NULL
)
11388 seen_linkorder
= 0;
11390 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
11392 sections
[seen_linkorder
++] = p
;
11394 /* Sort the input sections in the order of their linked section. */
11395 qsort (sections
, seen_linkorder
, sizeof (struct bfd_link_order
*),
11396 compare_link_order
);
11398 /* Change the offsets of the sections. */
11400 for (n
= 0; n
< seen_linkorder
; n
++)
11402 s
= sections
[n
]->u
.indirect
.section
;
11403 offset
&= ~(bfd_vma
) 0 << s
->alignment_power
;
11404 s
->output_offset
= offset
/ bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
);
11405 sections
[n
]->offset
= offset
;
11406 offset
+= sections
[n
]->size
;
11413 /* Generate an import library in INFO->implib_bfd from symbols in ABFD.
11414 Returns TRUE upon success, FALSE otherwise. */
11417 elf_output_implib (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11419 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
11421 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
11423 enum bfd_architecture arch
;
11425 asymbol
**sympp
= NULL
;
11429 elf_symbol_type
*osymbuf
;
11431 implib_bfd
= info
->out_implib_bfd
;
11432 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11434 if (!bfd_set_format (implib_bfd
, bfd_object
))
11437 /* Use flag from executable but make it a relocatable object. */
11438 flags
= bfd_get_file_flags (abfd
);
11439 flags
&= ~HAS_RELOC
;
11440 if (!bfd_set_start_address (implib_bfd
, 0)
11441 || !bfd_set_file_flags (implib_bfd
, flags
& ~EXEC_P
))
11444 /* Copy architecture of output file to import library file. */
11445 arch
= bfd_get_arch (abfd
);
11446 mach
= bfd_get_mach (abfd
);
11447 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (implib_bfd
, arch
, mach
)
11448 && (abfd
->target_defaulted
11449 || bfd_get_arch (abfd
) != bfd_get_arch (implib_bfd
)))
11452 /* Get symbol table size. */
11453 symsize
= bfd_get_symtab_upper_bound (abfd
);
11457 /* Read in the symbol table. */
11458 sympp
= (asymbol
**) xmalloc (symsize
);
11459 symcount
= bfd_canonicalize_symtab (abfd
, sympp
);
11463 /* Allow the BFD backend to copy any private header data it
11464 understands from the output BFD to the import library BFD. */
11465 if (! bfd_copy_private_header_data (abfd
, implib_bfd
))
11468 /* Filter symbols to appear in the import library. */
11469 if (bed
->elf_backend_filter_implib_symbols
)
11470 symcount
= bed
->elf_backend_filter_implib_symbols (abfd
, info
, sympp
,
11473 symcount
= _bfd_elf_filter_global_symbols (abfd
, info
, sympp
, symcount
);
11476 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols
);
11477 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: no symbol found for import library"),
11483 /* Make symbols absolute. */
11484 osymbuf
= (elf_symbol_type
*) bfd_alloc2 (implib_bfd
, symcount
,
11485 sizeof (*osymbuf
));
11486 for (src_count
= 0; src_count
< symcount
; src_count
++)
11488 memcpy (&osymbuf
[src_count
], (elf_symbol_type
*) sympp
[src_count
],
11489 sizeof (*osymbuf
));
11490 osymbuf
[src_count
].symbol
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
11491 osymbuf
[src_count
].internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
11492 osymbuf
[src_count
].symbol
.value
+= sympp
[src_count
]->section
->vma
;
11493 osymbuf
[src_count
].internal_elf_sym
.st_value
=
11494 osymbuf
[src_count
].symbol
.value
;
11495 sympp
[src_count
] = &osymbuf
[src_count
].symbol
;
11498 bfd_set_symtab (implib_bfd
, sympp
, symcount
);
11500 /* Allow the BFD backend to copy any private data it understands
11501 from the output BFD to the import library BFD. This is done last
11502 to permit the routine to look at the filtered symbol table. */
11503 if (! bfd_copy_private_bfd_data (abfd
, implib_bfd
))
11506 if (!bfd_close (implib_bfd
))
11517 elf_final_link_free (bfd
*obfd
, struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
)
11521 if (flinfo
->symstrtab
!= NULL
)
11522 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (flinfo
->symstrtab
);
11523 if (flinfo
->contents
!= NULL
)
11524 free (flinfo
->contents
);
11525 if (flinfo
->external_relocs
!= NULL
)
11526 free (flinfo
->external_relocs
);
11527 if (flinfo
->internal_relocs
!= NULL
)
11528 free (flinfo
->internal_relocs
);
11529 if (flinfo
->external_syms
!= NULL
)
11530 free (flinfo
->external_syms
);
11531 if (flinfo
->locsym_shndx
!= NULL
)
11532 free (flinfo
->locsym_shndx
);
11533 if (flinfo
->internal_syms
!= NULL
)
11534 free (flinfo
->internal_syms
);
11535 if (flinfo
->indices
!= NULL
)
11536 free (flinfo
->indices
);
11537 if (flinfo
->sections
!= NULL
)
11538 free (flinfo
->sections
);
11539 if (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
!= NULL
)
11540 free (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
);
11541 for (o
= obfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11543 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
11544 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0 && esdo
->rel
.hashes
!= NULL
)
11545 free (esdo
->rel
.hashes
);
11546 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0 && esdo
->rela
.hashes
!= NULL
)
11547 free (esdo
->rela
.hashes
);
11551 /* Do the final step of an ELF link. */
11554 bfd_elf_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11556 bfd_boolean dynamic
;
11557 bfd_boolean emit_relocs
;
11559 struct elf_final_link_info flinfo
;
11561 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
11563 bfd_size_type max_contents_size
;
11564 bfd_size_type max_external_reloc_size
;
11565 bfd_size_type max_internal_reloc_count
;
11566 bfd_size_type max_sym_count
;
11567 bfd_size_type max_sym_shndx_count
;
11568 Elf_Internal_Sym elfsym
;
11570 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
11571 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_shndx_hdr
;
11572 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11573 struct elf_outext_info eoinfo
;
11574 bfd_boolean merged
;
11575 size_t relativecount
= 0;
11576 asection
*reldyn
= 0;
11578 asection
*attr_section
= NULL
;
11579 bfd_vma attr_size
= 0;
11580 const char *std_attrs_section
;
11581 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
11583 if (!is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
11586 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
11587 abfd
->flags
|= DYNAMIC
;
11589 dynamic
= htab
->dynamic_sections_created
;
11590 dynobj
= htab
->dynobj
;
11592 emit_relocs
= (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
11593 || info
->emitrelocations
);
11595 flinfo
.info
= info
;
11596 flinfo
.output_bfd
= abfd
;
11597 flinfo
.symstrtab
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
11598 if (flinfo
.symstrtab
== NULL
)
11603 flinfo
.hash_sec
= NULL
;
11604 flinfo
.symver_sec
= NULL
;
11608 flinfo
.hash_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".hash");
11609 /* Note that dynsym_sec can be NULL (on VMS). */
11610 flinfo
.symver_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version");
11611 /* Note that it is OK if symver_sec is NULL. */
11614 flinfo
.contents
= NULL
;
11615 flinfo
.external_relocs
= NULL
;
11616 flinfo
.internal_relocs
= NULL
;
11617 flinfo
.external_syms
= NULL
;
11618 flinfo
.locsym_shndx
= NULL
;
11619 flinfo
.internal_syms
= NULL
;
11620 flinfo
.indices
= NULL
;
11621 flinfo
.sections
= NULL
;
11622 flinfo
.symshndxbuf
= NULL
;
11623 flinfo
.filesym_count
= 0;
11625 /* The object attributes have been merged. Remove the input
11626 sections from the link, and set the contents of the output
11628 std_attrs_section
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->obj_attrs_section
;
11629 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11631 if ((std_attrs_section
&& strcmp (o
->name
, std_attrs_section
) == 0)
11632 || strcmp (o
->name
, ".gnu.attributes") == 0)
11634 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
11636 asection
*input_section
;
11638 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
11640 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
11641 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
11642 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
11643 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
11646 attr_size
= bfd_elf_obj_attr_size (abfd
);
11649 bfd_set_section_size (abfd
, o
, attr_size
);
11651 /* Skip this section later on. */
11652 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
11655 o
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
11657 else if ((o
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0 && o
->size
== 0)
11659 /* Remove empty group section from linker output. */
11660 o
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
11661 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, o
);
11662 abfd
->section_count
--;
11666 /* Count up the number of relocations we will output for each output
11667 section, so that we know the sizes of the reloc sections. We
11668 also figure out some maximum sizes. */
11669 max_contents_size
= 0;
11670 max_external_reloc_size
= 0;
11671 max_internal_reloc_count
= 0;
11673 max_sym_shndx_count
= 0;
11675 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11677 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
11678 o
->reloc_count
= 0;
11680 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
11682 unsigned int reloc_count
= 0;
11683 unsigned int additional_reloc_count
= 0;
11684 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdi
= NULL
;
11686 if (p
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
11687 || p
->type
== bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order
)
11689 else if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
11693 sec
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
11695 /* Mark all sections which are to be included in the
11696 link. This will normally be every section. We need
11697 to do this so that we can identify any sections which
11698 the linker has decided to not include. */
11699 sec
->linker_mark
= TRUE
;
11701 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
11704 if (sec
->rawsize
> max_contents_size
)
11705 max_contents_size
= sec
->rawsize
;
11706 if (sec
->size
> max_contents_size
)
11707 max_contents_size
= sec
->size
;
11709 if (bfd_get_flavour (sec
->owner
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
11710 && (sec
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
11714 /* We are interested in just local symbols, not all
11716 if (elf_bad_symtab (sec
->owner
))
11717 sym_count
= (elf_tdata (sec
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_size
11718 / bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
11720 sym_count
= elf_tdata (sec
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_info
;
11722 if (sym_count
> max_sym_count
)
11723 max_sym_count
= sym_count
;
11725 if (sym_count
> max_sym_shndx_count
11726 && elf_symtab_shndx_list (sec
->owner
) != NULL
)
11727 max_sym_shndx_count
= sym_count
;
11729 if (esdo
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
11730 || esdo
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
11731 /* Some backends use reloc_count in relocation sections
11732 to count particular types of relocs. Of course,
11733 reloc sections themselves can't have relocations. */
11735 else if (emit_relocs
)
11737 reloc_count
= sec
->reloc_count
;
11738 if (bed
->elf_backend_count_additional_relocs
)
11741 c
= (*bed
->elf_backend_count_additional_relocs
) (sec
);
11742 additional_reloc_count
+= c
;
11745 else if (bed
->elf_backend_count_relocs
)
11746 reloc_count
= (*bed
->elf_backend_count_relocs
) (info
, sec
);
11748 esdi
= elf_section_data (sec
);
11750 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
11752 size_t ext_size
= 0;
11754 if (esdi
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
)
11755 ext_size
= esdi
->rel
.hdr
->sh_size
;
11756 if (esdi
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
)
11757 ext_size
+= esdi
->rela
.hdr
->sh_size
;
11759 if (ext_size
> max_external_reloc_size
)
11760 max_external_reloc_size
= ext_size
;
11761 if (sec
->reloc_count
> max_internal_reloc_count
)
11762 max_internal_reloc_count
= sec
->reloc_count
;
11767 if (reloc_count
== 0)
11770 reloc_count
+= additional_reloc_count
;
11771 o
->reloc_count
+= reloc_count
;
11773 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
&& emit_relocs
)
11777 esdo
->rel
.count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdi
->rel
.hdr
);
11778 esdo
->rel
.count
+= additional_reloc_count
;
11780 if (esdi
->rela
.hdr
)
11782 esdo
->rela
.count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdi
->rela
.hdr
);
11783 esdo
->rela
.count
+= additional_reloc_count
;
11789 esdo
->rela
.count
+= reloc_count
;
11791 esdo
->rel
.count
+= reloc_count
;
11795 if (o
->reloc_count
> 0)
11796 o
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
11799 /* Explicitly clear the SEC_RELOC flag. The linker tends to
11800 set it (this is probably a bug) and if it is set
11801 assign_section_numbers will create a reloc section. */
11802 o
->flags
&=~ SEC_RELOC
;
11805 /* If the SEC_ALLOC flag is not set, force the section VMA to
11806 zero. This is done in elf_fake_sections as well, but forcing
11807 the VMA to 0 here will ensure that relocs against these
11808 sections are handled correctly. */
11809 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
11810 && ! o
->user_set_vma
)
11814 if (! bfd_link_relocatable (info
) && merged
)
11815 elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, _bfd_elf_link_sec_merge_syms
, abfd
);
11817 /* Figure out the file positions for everything but the symbol table
11818 and the relocs. We set symcount to force assign_section_numbers
11819 to create a symbol table. */
11820 bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) = info
->strip
!= strip_all
|| emit_relocs
;
11821 BFD_ASSERT (! abfd
->output_has_begun
);
11822 if (! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, info
))
11825 /* Set sizes, and assign file positions for reloc sections. */
11826 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11828 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
11829 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
11832 && !(_bfd_elf_link_size_reloc_section (abfd
, &esdo
->rel
)))
11836 && !(_bfd_elf_link_size_reloc_section (abfd
, &esdo
->rela
)))
11840 /* Now, reset REL_COUNT and REL_COUNT2 so that we can use them
11841 to count upwards while actually outputting the relocations. */
11842 esdo
->rel
.count
= 0;
11843 esdo
->rela
.count
= 0;
11845 if (esdo
->this_hdr
.sh_offset
== (file_ptr
) -1)
11847 /* Cache the section contents so that they can be compressed
11848 later. Use bfd_malloc since it will be freed by
11849 bfd_compress_section_contents. */
11850 unsigned char *contents
= esdo
->this_hdr
.contents
;
11851 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
) == 0 || contents
!= NULL
)
11854 = (unsigned char *) bfd_malloc (esdo
->this_hdr
.sh_size
);
11855 if (contents
== NULL
)
11857 esdo
->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
11861 /* We have now assigned file positions for all the sections except
11862 .symtab, .strtab, and non-loaded reloc sections. We start the
11863 .symtab section at the current file position, and write directly
11864 to it. We build the .strtab section in memory. */
11865 bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) = 0;
11866 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
11867 /* sh_name is set in prep_headers. */
11868 symtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB
;
11869 /* sh_flags, sh_addr and sh_size all start off zero. */
11870 symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
11871 /* sh_link is set in assign_section_numbers. */
11872 /* sh_info is set below. */
11873 /* sh_offset is set just below. */
11874 symtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
11876 if (max_sym_count
< 20)
11877 max_sym_count
= 20;
11878 htab
->strtabsize
= max_sym_count
;
11879 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (struct elf_sym_strtab
);
11880 htab
->strtab
= (struct elf_sym_strtab
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
11881 if (htab
->strtab
== NULL
)
11883 /* The real buffer will be allocated in elf_link_swap_symbols_out. */
11885 = (elf_numsections (abfd
) > (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xFFFF)
11886 ? (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*) -1 : NULL
);
11888 if (info
->strip
!= strip_all
|| emit_relocs
)
11890 file_ptr off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
11892 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (symtab_hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
11894 /* Note that at this point elf_next_file_pos (abfd) is
11895 incorrect. We do not yet know the size of the .symtab section.
11896 We correct next_file_pos below, after we do know the size. */
11898 /* Start writing out the symbol table. The first symbol is always a
11900 elfsym
.st_value
= 0;
11901 elfsym
.st_size
= 0;
11902 elfsym
.st_info
= 0;
11903 elfsym
.st_other
= 0;
11904 elfsym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
11905 elfsym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
11906 if (elf_link_output_symstrtab (&flinfo
, NULL
, &elfsym
,
11907 bfd_und_section_ptr
, NULL
) != 1)
11910 /* Output a symbol for each section. We output these even if we are
11911 discarding local symbols, since they are used for relocs. These
11912 symbols have no names. We store the index of each one in the
11913 index field of the section, so that we can find it again when
11914 outputting relocs. */
11916 elfsym
.st_size
= 0;
11917 elfsym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
11918 elfsym
.st_other
= 0;
11919 elfsym
.st_value
= 0;
11920 elfsym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
11921 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (abfd
); i
++)
11923 o
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, i
);
11926 o
->target_index
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
11927 elfsym
.st_shndx
= i
;
11928 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
11929 elfsym
.st_value
= o
->vma
;
11930 if (elf_link_output_symstrtab (&flinfo
, NULL
, &elfsym
, o
,
11937 /* Allocate some memory to hold information read in from the input
11939 if (max_contents_size
!= 0)
11941 flinfo
.contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (max_contents_size
);
11942 if (flinfo
.contents
== NULL
)
11946 if (max_external_reloc_size
!= 0)
11948 flinfo
.external_relocs
= bfd_malloc (max_external_reloc_size
);
11949 if (flinfo
.external_relocs
== NULL
)
11953 if (max_internal_reloc_count
!= 0)
11955 amt
= max_internal_reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
);
11956 flinfo
.internal_relocs
= (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
11957 if (flinfo
.internal_relocs
== NULL
)
11961 if (max_sym_count
!= 0)
11963 amt
= max_sym_count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
11964 flinfo
.external_syms
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
11965 if (flinfo
.external_syms
== NULL
)
11968 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
);
11969 flinfo
.internal_syms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
11970 if (flinfo
.internal_syms
== NULL
)
11973 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (long);
11974 flinfo
.indices
= (long int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
11975 if (flinfo
.indices
== NULL
)
11978 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
11979 flinfo
.sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
11980 if (flinfo
.sections
== NULL
)
11984 if (max_sym_shndx_count
!= 0)
11986 amt
= max_sym_shndx_count
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
11987 flinfo
.locsym_shndx
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
11988 if (flinfo
.locsym_shndx
== NULL
)
11994 bfd_vma base
, end
= 0;
11997 for (sec
= htab
->tls_sec
;
11998 sec
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
);
12001 bfd_size_type size
= sec
->size
;
12004 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
12006 struct bfd_link_order
*ord
= sec
->map_tail
.link_order
;
12009 size
= ord
->offset
+ ord
->size
;
12011 end
= sec
->vma
+ size
;
12013 base
= htab
->tls_sec
->vma
;
12014 /* Only align end of TLS section if static TLS doesn't have special
12015 alignment requirements. */
12016 if (bed
->static_tls_alignment
== 1)
12017 end
= align_power (end
, htab
->tls_sec
->alignment_power
);
12018 htab
->tls_size
= end
- base
;
12021 /* Reorder SHF_LINK_ORDER sections. */
12022 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12024 if (!elf_fixup_link_order (abfd
, o
))
12028 if (!_bfd_elf_fixup_eh_frame_hdr (info
))
12031 /* Since ELF permits relocations to be against local symbols, we
12032 must have the local symbols available when we do the relocations.
12033 Since we would rather only read the local symbols once, and we
12034 would rather not keep them in memory, we handle all the
12035 relocations for a single input file at the same time.
12037 Unfortunately, there is no way to know the total number of local
12038 symbols until we have seen all of them, and the local symbol
12039 indices precede the global symbol indices. This means that when
12040 we are generating relocatable output, and we see a reloc against
12041 a global symbol, we can not know the symbol index until we have
12042 finished examining all the local symbols to see which ones we are
12043 going to output. To deal with this, we keep the relocations in
12044 memory, and don't output them until the end of the link. This is
12045 an unfortunate waste of memory, but I don't see a good way around
12046 it. Fortunately, it only happens when performing a relocatable
12047 link, which is not the common case. FIXME: If keep_memory is set
12048 we could write the relocs out and then read them again; I don't
12049 know how bad the memory loss will be. */
12051 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
12052 sub
->output_has_begun
= FALSE
;
12053 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12055 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
12057 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
12058 && (bfd_get_flavour ((sub
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
->owner
))
12059 == bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
12060 && elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == bed
->s
->elfclass
)
12062 if (! sub
->output_has_begun
)
12064 if (! elf_link_input_bfd (&flinfo
, sub
))
12066 sub
->output_has_begun
= TRUE
;
12069 else if (p
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
12070 || p
->type
== bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order
)
12072 if (! elf_reloc_link_order (abfd
, info
, o
, p
))
12077 if (! _bfd_default_link_order (abfd
, info
, o
, p
))
12079 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
12080 && (bfd_get_flavour (sub
)
12081 == bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
12082 && (elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
12083 != bed
->s
->elfclass
))
12085 const char *iclass
, *oclass
;
12087 switch (bed
->s
->elfclass
)
12089 case ELFCLASS64
: oclass
= "ELFCLASS64"; break;
12090 case ELFCLASS32
: oclass
= "ELFCLASS32"; break;
12091 case ELFCLASSNONE
: oclass
= "ELFCLASSNONE"; break;
12095 switch (elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
])
12097 case ELFCLASS64
: iclass
= "ELFCLASS64"; break;
12098 case ELFCLASS32
: iclass
= "ELFCLASS32"; break;
12099 case ELFCLASSNONE
: iclass
= "ELFCLASSNONE"; break;
12103 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
12105 /* xgettext:c-format */
12106 (_("%pB: file class %s incompatible with %s"),
12107 sub
, iclass
, oclass
);
12116 /* Free symbol buffer if needed. */
12117 if (!info
->reduce_memory_overheads
)
12119 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
12120 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
12121 && elf_tdata (sub
)->symbuf
)
12123 free (elf_tdata (sub
)->symbuf
);
12124 elf_tdata (sub
)->symbuf
= NULL
;
12128 /* Output any global symbols that got converted to local in a
12129 version script or due to symbol visibility. We do this in a
12130 separate step since ELF requires all local symbols to appear
12131 prior to any global symbols. FIXME: We should only do this if
12132 some global symbols were, in fact, converted to become local.
12133 FIXME: Will this work correctly with the Irix 5 linker? */
12134 eoinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
12135 eoinfo
.flinfo
= &flinfo
;
12136 eoinfo
.localsyms
= TRUE
;
12137 eoinfo
.file_sym_done
= FALSE
;
12138 bfd_hash_traverse (&info
->hash
->table
, elf_link_output_extsym
, &eoinfo
);
12142 /* If backend needs to output some local symbols not present in the hash
12143 table, do it now. */
12144 if (bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_local_syms
12145 && (info
->strip
!= strip_all
|| emit_relocs
))
12147 typedef int (*out_sym_func
)
12148 (void *, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
*,
12149 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
12151 if (! ((*bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_local_syms
)
12152 (abfd
, info
, &flinfo
,
12153 (out_sym_func
) elf_link_output_symstrtab
)))
12157 /* That wrote out all the local symbols. Finish up the symbol table
12158 with the global symbols. Even if we want to strip everything we
12159 can, we still need to deal with those global symbols that got
12160 converted to local in a version script. */
12162 /* The sh_info field records the index of the first non local symbol. */
12163 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
12166 && htab
->dynsym
!= NULL
12167 && htab
->dynsym
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
12169 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
12170 bfd_byte
*dynsym
= htab
->dynsym
->contents
;
12172 o
= htab
->dynsym
->output_section
;
12173 elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= htab
->local_dynsymcount
+ 1;
12175 /* Write out the section symbols for the output sections. */
12176 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
12177 || htab
->is_relocatable_executable
)
12183 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
12185 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
12187 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
12193 dynindx
= elf_section_data (s
)->dynindx
;
12196 indx
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
12197 BFD_ASSERT (indx
> 0);
12198 sym
.st_shndx
= indx
;
12199 if (! check_dynsym (abfd
, &sym
))
12201 sym
.st_value
= s
->vma
;
12202 dest
= dynsym
+ dynindx
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
12203 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, dest
, 0);
12207 /* Write out the local dynsyms. */
12208 if (htab
->dynlocal
)
12210 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*e
;
12211 for (e
= htab
->dynlocal
; e
; e
= e
->next
)
12216 /* Copy the internal symbol and turn off visibility.
12217 Note that we saved a word of storage and overwrote
12218 the original st_name with the dynstr_index. */
12220 sym
.st_other
&= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
12222 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (e
->input_bfd
,
12227 elf_section_data (s
->output_section
)->this_idx
;
12228 if (! check_dynsym (abfd
, &sym
))
12230 sym
.st_value
= (s
->output_section
->vma
12232 + e
->isym
.st_value
);
12235 dest
= dynsym
+ e
->dynindx
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
12236 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, dest
, 0);
12241 /* We get the global symbols from the hash table. */
12242 eoinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
12243 eoinfo
.localsyms
= FALSE
;
12244 eoinfo
.flinfo
= &flinfo
;
12245 bfd_hash_traverse (&info
->hash
->table
, elf_link_output_extsym
, &eoinfo
);
12249 /* If backend needs to output some symbols not present in the hash
12250 table, do it now. */
12251 if (bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_syms
12252 && (info
->strip
!= strip_all
|| emit_relocs
))
12254 typedef int (*out_sym_func
)
12255 (void *, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
*,
12256 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
12258 if (! ((*bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_syms
)
12259 (abfd
, info
, &flinfo
,
12260 (out_sym_func
) elf_link_output_symstrtab
)))
12264 /* Finalize the .strtab section. */
12265 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (flinfo
.symstrtab
);
12267 /* Swap out the .strtab section. */
12268 if (!elf_link_swap_symbols_out (&flinfo
))
12271 /* Now we know the size of the symtab section. */
12272 if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0)
12274 /* Finish up and write out the symbol string table (.strtab)
12276 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symstrtab_hdr
= NULL
;
12277 file_ptr off
= symtab_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_size
;
12279 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
))
12281 symtab_shndx_hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->hdr
;
12283 if (symtab_shndx_hdr
!= NULL
&& symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_name
!= 0)
12285 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
;
12286 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
12287 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_addralign
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
12288 amt
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
12289 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_size
= amt
;
12291 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (symtab_shndx_hdr
,
12294 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
12295 || (bfd_bwrite (flinfo
.symshndxbuf
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
))
12300 symstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
12301 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
12302 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
12303 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= bed
->elf_strtab_flags
;
12304 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
12305 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (flinfo
.symstrtab
);
12306 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
12307 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
12308 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
12309 /* sh_offset is set just below. */
12310 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
12312 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (symstrtab_hdr
,
12314 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
12316 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, symstrtab_hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
12317 || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, flinfo
.symstrtab
))
12321 if (info
->out_implib_bfd
&& !elf_output_implib (abfd
, info
))
12323 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: failed to generate import library"),
12324 info
->out_implib_bfd
);
12328 /* Adjust the relocs to have the correct symbol indices. */
12329 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12331 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
12334 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0)
12337 sort
= bed
->sort_relocs_p
== NULL
|| (*bed
->sort_relocs_p
) (o
);
12338 if (esdo
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
12339 && !elf_link_adjust_relocs (abfd
, o
, &esdo
->rel
, sort
, info
))
12341 if (esdo
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
12342 && !elf_link_adjust_relocs (abfd
, o
, &esdo
->rela
, sort
, info
))
12345 /* Set the reloc_count field to 0 to prevent write_relocs from
12346 trying to swap the relocs out itself. */
12347 o
->reloc_count
= 0;
12350 if (dynamic
&& info
->combreloc
&& dynobj
!= NULL
)
12351 relativecount
= elf_link_sort_relocs (abfd
, info
, &reldyn
);
12353 /* If we are linking against a dynamic object, or generating a
12354 shared library, finish up the dynamic linking information. */
12357 bfd_byte
*dyncon
, *dynconend
;
12359 /* Fix up .dynamic entries. */
12360 o
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
12361 BFD_ASSERT (o
!= NULL
);
12363 dyncon
= o
->contents
;
12364 dynconend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
12365 for (; dyncon
< dynconend
; dyncon
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
12367 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
12370 bfd_size_type sh_size
;
12373 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, dyncon
, &dyn
);
12380 if (relativecount
> 0 && dyncon
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
< dynconend
)
12382 switch (elf_section_data (reldyn
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
12384 case SHT_REL
: dyn
.d_tag
= DT_RELCOUNT
; break;
12385 case SHT_RELA
: dyn
.d_tag
= DT_RELACOUNT
; break;
12388 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= relativecount
;
12395 name
= info
->init_function
;
12398 name
= info
->fini_function
;
12401 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
12403 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
12405 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
12406 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
12408 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
12409 o
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
12410 if (o
->output_section
!= NULL
)
12411 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
+= (o
->output_section
->vma
12412 + o
->output_offset
);
12415 /* The symbol is imported from another shared
12416 library and does not apply to this one. */
12417 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= 0;
12424 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
:
12425 name
= ".preinit_array";
12427 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
:
12428 name
= ".init_array";
12430 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
:
12431 name
= ".fini_array";
12433 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
12437 (_("could not find section %s"), name
);
12442 (_("warning: %s section has zero size"), name
);
12443 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= o
->size
;
12446 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
:
12447 name
= ".preinit_array";
12449 case DT_INIT_ARRAY
:
12450 name
= ".init_array";
12452 case DT_FINI_ARRAY
:
12453 name
= ".fini_array";
12455 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
12462 name
= ".gnu.hash";
12471 name
= ".gnu.version_d";
12474 name
= ".gnu.version_r";
12477 name
= ".gnu.version";
12479 o
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, name
);
12481 if (o
== NULL
|| bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
12484 (_("could not find section %s"), name
);
12487 if (elf_section_data (o
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_NOTE
)
12490 (_("warning: section '%s' is being made into a note"), name
);
12491 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
12494 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= o
->output_section
->vma
+ o
->output_offset
;
12501 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_REL
|| dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RELSZ
)
12507 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (abfd
); i
++)
12509 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
12511 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
12512 if (hdr
->sh_type
== type
12513 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
12515 sh_size
+= hdr
->sh_size
;
12517 || sh_addr
> hdr
->sh_addr
)
12518 sh_addr
= hdr
->sh_addr
;
12522 if (bed
->dtrel_excludes_plt
&& htab
->srelplt
!= NULL
)
12524 /* Don't count procedure linkage table relocs in the
12525 overall reloc count. */
12526 sh_size
-= htab
->srelplt
->size
;
12528 /* If the size is zero, make the address zero too.
12529 This is to avoid a glibc bug. If the backend
12530 emits DT_RELA/DT_RELASZ even when DT_RELASZ is
12531 zero, then we'll put DT_RELA at the end of
12532 DT_JMPREL. glibc will interpret the end of
12533 DT_RELA matching the end of DT_JMPREL as the
12534 case where DT_RELA includes DT_JMPREL, and for
12535 LD_BIND_NOW will decide that processing DT_RELA
12536 will process the PLT relocs too. Net result:
12537 No PLT relocs applied. */
12540 /* If .rela.plt is the first .rela section, exclude
12541 it from DT_RELA. */
12542 else if (sh_addr
== (htab
->srelplt
->output_section
->vma
12543 + htab
->srelplt
->output_offset
))
12544 sh_addr
+= htab
->srelplt
->size
;
12547 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RELSZ
|| dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RELASZ
)
12548 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= sh_size
;
12550 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= sh_addr
;
12553 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_out (dynobj
, &dyn
, dyncon
);
12557 /* If we have created any dynamic sections, then output them. */
12558 if (dynobj
!= NULL
)
12560 if (! (*bed
->elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections
) (abfd
, info
))
12563 /* Check for DT_TEXTREL (late, in case the backend removes it). */
12564 if (((info
->warn_shared_textrel
&& bfd_link_pic (info
))
12565 || info
->error_textrel
)
12566 && (o
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic")) != NULL
)
12568 bfd_byte
*dyncon
, *dynconend
;
12570 dyncon
= o
->contents
;
12571 dynconend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
12572 for (; dyncon
< dynconend
; dyncon
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
12574 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
12576 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, dyncon
, &dyn
);
12578 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_TEXTREL
)
12580 if (info
->error_textrel
)
12581 info
->callbacks
->einfo
12582 (_("%P%X: read-only segment has dynamic relocations\n"));
12584 info
->callbacks
->einfo
12585 (_("%P: warning: creating a DT_TEXTREL in a shared object\n"));
12591 for (o
= dynobj
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12593 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0
12595 || o
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
12597 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
12599 /* At this point, we are only interested in sections
12600 created by _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections. */
12603 if (htab
->stab_info
.stabstr
== o
)
12605 if (htab
->eh_info
.hdr_sec
== o
)
12607 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".dynstr") != 0)
12609 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, o
->output_section
,
12611 (file_ptr
) o
->output_offset
12612 * bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
),
12618 /* The contents of the .dynstr section are actually in a
12622 off
= elf_section_data (o
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_offset
;
12623 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, off
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
12624 || !_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, htab
->dynstr
))
12630 if (!info
->resolve_section_groups
)
12632 bfd_boolean failed
= FALSE
;
12634 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_link_relocatable (info
));
12635 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bfd_elf_set_group_contents
, &failed
);
12640 /* If we have optimized stabs strings, output them. */
12641 if (htab
->stab_info
.stabstr
!= NULL
)
12643 if (!_bfd_write_stab_strings (abfd
, &htab
->stab_info
))
12647 if (! _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
, info
))
12650 elf_final_link_free (abfd
, &flinfo
);
12652 elf_linker (abfd
) = TRUE
;
12656 bfd_byte
*contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (attr_size
);
12657 if (contents
== NULL
)
12658 return FALSE
; /* Bail out and fail. */
12659 bfd_elf_set_obj_attr_contents (abfd
, contents
, attr_size
);
12660 bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, attr_section
, contents
, 0, attr_size
);
12667 elf_final_link_free (abfd
, &flinfo
);
12671 /* Initialize COOKIE for input bfd ABFD. */
12674 init_reloc_cookie (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12675 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
)
12677 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
12678 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
12680 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12681 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
12683 cookie
->abfd
= abfd
;
12684 cookie
->sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
12685 cookie
->bad_symtab
= elf_bad_symtab (abfd
);
12686 if (cookie
->bad_symtab
)
12688 cookie
->locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
12689 cookie
->extsymoff
= 0;
12693 cookie
->locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
12694 cookie
->extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
12697 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
12698 cookie
->r_sym_shift
= 8;
12700 cookie
->r_sym_shift
= 32;
12702 cookie
->locsyms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
12703 if (cookie
->locsyms
== NULL
&& cookie
->locsymcount
!= 0)
12705 cookie
->locsyms
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
12706 cookie
->locsymcount
, 0,
12708 if (cookie
->locsyms
== NULL
)
12710 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%P%X: can not read symbols: %E\n"));
12713 if (info
->keep_memory
)
12714 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) cookie
->locsyms
;
12719 /* Free the memory allocated by init_reloc_cookie, if appropriate. */
12722 fini_reloc_cookie (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
, bfd
*abfd
)
12724 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
12726 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
12727 if (cookie
->locsyms
!= NULL
12728 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) cookie
->locsyms
)
12729 free (cookie
->locsyms
);
12732 /* Initialize the relocation information in COOKIE for input section SEC
12733 of input bfd ABFD. */
12736 init_reloc_cookie_rels (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12737 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
,
12740 if (sec
->reloc_count
== 0)
12742 cookie
->rels
= NULL
;
12743 cookie
->relend
= NULL
;
12747 cookie
->rels
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
12748 info
->keep_memory
);
12749 if (cookie
->rels
== NULL
)
12751 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
12752 cookie
->relend
= cookie
->rels
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
12754 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
12758 /* Free the memory allocated by init_reloc_cookie_rels,
12762 fini_reloc_cookie_rels (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12765 if (cookie
->rels
&& elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= cookie
->rels
)
12766 free (cookie
->rels
);
12769 /* Initialize the whole of COOKIE for input section SEC. */
12772 init_reloc_cookie_for_section (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12773 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12776 if (!init_reloc_cookie (cookie
, info
, sec
->owner
))
12778 if (!init_reloc_cookie_rels (cookie
, info
, sec
->owner
, sec
))
12783 fini_reloc_cookie (cookie
, sec
->owner
);
12788 /* Free the memory allocated by init_reloc_cookie_for_section,
12792 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12795 fini_reloc_cookie_rels (cookie
, sec
);
12796 fini_reloc_cookie (cookie
, sec
->owner
);
12799 /* Garbage collect unused sections. */
12801 /* Default gc_mark_hook. */
12804 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
12805 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12806 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12807 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
12808 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
12812 switch (h
->root
.type
)
12814 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
12815 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
12816 return h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
12818 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
12819 return h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
12826 return bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec
->owner
, sym
->st_shndx
);
12831 /* Return the debug definition section. */
12834 elf_gc_mark_debug_section (asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12835 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12836 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12837 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
12838 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
12842 /* Return the global debug definition section. */
12843 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
12844 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
12845 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
12846 return h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
12850 /* Return the local debug definition section. */
12851 asection
*isec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec
->owner
,
12853 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
12860 /* COOKIE->rel describes a relocation against section SEC, which is
12861 a section we've decided to keep. Return the section that contains
12862 the relocation symbol, or NULL if no section contains it. */
12865 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_rsec (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*sec
,
12866 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
,
12867 struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12868 bfd_boolean
*start_stop
)
12870 unsigned long r_symndx
;
12871 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
12873 r_symndx
= cookie
->rel
->r_info
>> cookie
->r_sym_shift
;
12874 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
12877 if (r_symndx
>= cookie
->locsymcount
12878 || ELF_ST_BIND (cookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
].st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
12880 h
= cookie
->sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- cookie
->extsymoff
];
12883 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: corrupt input: %pB\n"),
12887 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
12888 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
12889 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
12891 /* If this symbol is weak and there is a non-weak definition, we
12892 keep the non-weak definition because many backends put
12893 dynamic reloc info on the non-weak definition for code
12894 handling copy relocs. */
12895 if (h
->is_weakalias
)
12896 weakdef (h
)->mark
= 1;
12898 if (start_stop
!= NULL
)
12900 /* To work around a glibc bug, mark XXX input sections
12901 when there is a reference to __start_XXX or __stop_XXX
12905 asection
*s
= h
->u2
.start_stop_section
;
12906 *start_stop
= !s
->gc_mark
;
12911 return (*gc_mark_hook
) (sec
, info
, cookie
->rel
, h
, NULL
);
12914 return (*gc_mark_hook
) (sec
, info
, cookie
->rel
, NULL
,
12915 &cookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
]);
12918 /* COOKIE->rel describes a relocation against section SEC, which is
12919 a section we've decided to keep. Mark the section that contains
12920 the relocation symbol. */
12923 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_reloc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12925 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
,
12926 struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
)
12929 bfd_boolean start_stop
= FALSE
;
12931 rsec
= _bfd_elf_gc_mark_rsec (info
, sec
, gc_mark_hook
, cookie
, &start_stop
);
12932 while (rsec
!= NULL
)
12934 if (!rsec
->gc_mark
)
12936 if (bfd_get_flavour (rsec
->owner
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
12937 || (rsec
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
12939 else if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, rsec
, gc_mark_hook
))
12944 rsec
= bfd_get_next_section_by_name (rsec
->owner
, rsec
);
12949 /* The mark phase of garbage collection. For a given section, mark
12950 it and any sections in this section's group, and all the sections
12951 which define symbols to which it refers. */
12954 _bfd_elf_gc_mark (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12956 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
)
12959 asection
*group_sec
, *eh_frame
;
12963 /* Mark all the sections in the group. */
12964 group_sec
= elf_section_data (sec
)->next_in_group
;
12965 if (group_sec
&& !group_sec
->gc_mark
)
12966 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, group_sec
, gc_mark_hook
))
12969 /* Look through the section relocs. */
12971 eh_frame
= elf_eh_frame_section (sec
->owner
);
12972 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0
12973 && sec
->reloc_count
> 0
12974 && sec
!= eh_frame
)
12976 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
12978 if (!init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, sec
))
12982 for (; cookie
.rel
< cookie
.relend
; cookie
.rel
++)
12983 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark_reloc (info
, sec
, gc_mark_hook
, &cookie
))
12988 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, sec
);
12992 if (ret
&& eh_frame
&& elf_fde_list (sec
))
12994 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
12996 if (!init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, eh_frame
))
13000 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark_fdes (info
, sec
, eh_frame
,
13001 gc_mark_hook
, &cookie
))
13003 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, eh_frame
);
13007 eh_frame
= elf_section_eh_frame_entry (sec
);
13008 if (ret
&& eh_frame
&& !eh_frame
->gc_mark
)
13009 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, eh_frame
, gc_mark_hook
))
13015 /* Scan and mark sections in a special or debug section group. */
13018 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_debug_special_section_group (asection
*grp
)
13020 /* Point to first section of section group. */
13022 /* Used to iterate the section group. */
13025 bfd_boolean is_special_grp
= TRUE
;
13026 bfd_boolean is_debug_grp
= TRUE
;
13028 /* First scan to see if group contains any section other than debug
13029 and special section. */
13030 ssec
= msec
= elf_next_in_group (grp
);
13033 if ((msec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) == 0)
13034 is_debug_grp
= FALSE
;
13036 if ((msec
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_RELOC
)) != 0)
13037 is_special_grp
= FALSE
;
13039 msec
= elf_next_in_group (msec
);
13041 while (msec
!= ssec
);
13043 /* If this is a pure debug section group or pure special section group,
13044 keep all sections in this group. */
13045 if (is_debug_grp
|| is_special_grp
)
13050 msec
= elf_next_in_group (msec
);
13052 while (msec
!= ssec
);
13056 /* Keep debug and special sections. */
13059 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_extra_sections (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
13060 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn mark_hook ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
13064 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
13067 bfd_boolean some_kept
;
13068 bfd_boolean debug_frag_seen
;
13069 bfd_boolean has_kept_debug_info
;
13071 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
13073 isec
= ibfd
->sections
;
13074 if (isec
== NULL
|| isec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
13077 /* Ensure all linker created sections are kept,
13078 see if any other section is already marked,
13079 and note if we have any fragmented debug sections. */
13080 debug_frag_seen
= some_kept
= has_kept_debug_info
= FALSE
;
13081 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
13083 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
13085 else if (isec
->gc_mark
13086 && (isec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
13087 && elf_section_type (isec
) != SHT_NOTE
)
13090 if (!debug_frag_seen
13091 && (isec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
13092 && CONST_STRNEQ (isec
->name
, ".debug_line."))
13093 debug_frag_seen
= TRUE
;
13096 /* If no non-note alloc section in this file will be kept, then
13097 we can toss out the debug and special sections. */
13101 /* Keep debug and special sections like .comment when they are
13102 not part of a group. Also keep section groups that contain
13103 just debug sections or special sections. */
13104 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
13106 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
13107 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_debug_special_section_group (isec
);
13108 else if (((isec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0
13109 || (isec
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_RELOC
)) == 0)
13110 && elf_next_in_group (isec
) == NULL
)
13112 if (isec
->gc_mark
&& (isec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
13113 has_kept_debug_info
= TRUE
;
13116 /* Look for CODE sections which are going to be discarded,
13117 and find and discard any fragmented debug sections which
13118 are associated with that code section. */
13119 if (debug_frag_seen
)
13120 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
13121 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0
13122 && isec
->gc_mark
== 0)
13127 ilen
= strlen (isec
->name
);
13129 /* Association is determined by the name of the debug
13130 section containing the name of the code section as
13131 a suffix. For example .debug_line.text.foo is a
13132 debug section associated with .text.foo. */
13133 for (dsec
= ibfd
->sections
; dsec
!= NULL
; dsec
= dsec
->next
)
13137 if (dsec
->gc_mark
== 0
13138 || (dsec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) == 0)
13141 dlen
= strlen (dsec
->name
);
13144 && strncmp (dsec
->name
+ (dlen
- ilen
),
13145 isec
->name
, ilen
) == 0)
13150 /* Mark debug sections referenced by kept debug sections. */
13151 if (has_kept_debug_info
)
13152 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
13154 && (isec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
13155 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, isec
,
13156 elf_gc_mark_debug_section
))
13163 elf_gc_sweep (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13166 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13168 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
13172 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
13173 || elf_object_id (sub
) != elf_hash_table_id (elf_hash_table (info
))
13174 || !(*bed
->relocs_compatible
) (sub
->xvec
, abfd
->xvec
))
13177 if (o
== NULL
|| o
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
13180 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
13182 /* When any section in a section group is kept, we keep all
13183 sections in the section group. If the first member of
13184 the section group is excluded, we will also exclude the
13186 if (o
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
13188 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (o
);
13189 o
->gc_mark
= first
->gc_mark
;
13195 /* Skip sweeping sections already excluded. */
13196 if (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
)
13199 /* Since this is early in the link process, it is simple
13200 to remove a section from the output. */
13201 o
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
13203 if (info
->print_gc_sections
&& o
->size
!= 0)
13204 /* xgettext:c-format */
13205 _bfd_error_handler (_("removing unused section '%pA' in file '%pB'"),
13213 /* Propagate collected vtable information. This is called through
13214 elf_link_hash_traverse. */
13217 elf_gc_propagate_vtable_entries_used (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *okp
)
13219 /* Those that are not vtables. */
13221 || h
->u2
.vtable
== NULL
13222 || h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
== NULL
)
13225 /* Those vtables that do not have parents, we cannot merge. */
13226 if (h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
== (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) -1)
13229 /* If we've already been done, exit. */
13230 if (h
->u2
.vtable
->used
&& h
->u2
.vtable
->used
[-1])
13233 /* Make sure the parent's table is up to date. */
13234 elf_gc_propagate_vtable_entries_used (h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
, okp
);
13236 if (h
->u2
.vtable
->used
== NULL
)
13238 /* None of this table's entries were referenced. Re-use the
13240 h
->u2
.vtable
->used
= h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
->u2
.vtable
->used
;
13241 h
->u2
.vtable
->size
= h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
->u2
.vtable
->size
;
13246 bfd_boolean
*cu
, *pu
;
13248 /* Or the parent's entries into ours. */
13249 cu
= h
->u2
.vtable
->used
;
13251 pu
= h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
->u2
.vtable
->used
;
13254 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
13255 unsigned int log_file_align
;
13257 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
);
13258 log_file_align
= bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
13259 n
= h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
->u2
.vtable
->size
>> log_file_align
;
13274 elf_gc_smash_unused_vtentry_relocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *okp
)
13277 bfd_vma hstart
, hend
;
13278 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *relend
, *rel
;
13279 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
13280 unsigned int log_file_align
;
13282 /* Take care of both those symbols that do not describe vtables as
13283 well as those that are not loaded. */
13285 || h
->u2
.vtable
== NULL
13286 || h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
== NULL
)
13289 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13290 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
13292 sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
13293 hstart
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
13294 hend
= hstart
+ h
->size
;
13296 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (sec
->owner
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
, TRUE
);
13298 return *(bfd_boolean
*) okp
= FALSE
;
13299 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (sec
->owner
);
13300 log_file_align
= bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
13302 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
13304 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; ++rel
)
13305 if (rel
->r_offset
>= hstart
&& rel
->r_offset
< hend
)
13307 /* If the entry is in use, do nothing. */
13308 if (h
->u2
.vtable
->used
13309 && (rel
->r_offset
- hstart
) < h
->u2
.vtable
->size
)
13311 bfd_vma entry
= (rel
->r_offset
- hstart
) >> log_file_align
;
13312 if (h
->u2
.vtable
->used
[entry
])
13315 /* Otherwise, kill it. */
13316 rel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_info
= rel
->r_addend
= 0;
13322 /* Mark sections containing dynamically referenced symbols. When
13323 building shared libraries, we must assume that any visible symbol is
13327 bfd_elf_gc_mark_dynamic_ref_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
13329 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
;
13330 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list
*d
= info
->dynamic_list
;
13332 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13333 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13334 && ((h
->ref_dynamic
&& !h
->forced_local
)
13335 || ((h
->def_regular
|| ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
13336 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_INTERNAL
13337 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_HIDDEN
13338 && (!bfd_link_executable (info
)
13339 || info
->gc_keep_exported
13340 || info
->export_dynamic
13343 && (*d
->match
) (&d
->head
, NULL
, h
->root
.root
.string
)))
13344 && (h
->versioned
>= versioned
13345 || !bfd_hide_sym_by_version (info
->version_info
,
13346 h
->root
.root
.string
)))))
13347 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
13352 /* Keep all sections containing symbols undefined on the command-line,
13353 and the section containing the entry symbol. */
13356 _bfd_elf_gc_keep (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13358 struct bfd_sym_chain
*sym
;
13360 for (sym
= info
->gc_sym_list
; sym
!= NULL
; sym
= sym
->next
)
13362 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13364 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), sym
->name
,
13365 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
13368 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13369 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13370 && !bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)
13371 && !bfd_is_und_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
))
13372 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
13377 bfd_elf_parse_eh_frame_entries (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13378 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13380 bfd
*ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
;
13382 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
13385 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
13387 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
13389 sec
= ibfd
->sections
;
13390 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
13393 if (!init_reloc_cookie (&cookie
, info
, ibfd
))
13396 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
13398 if (CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_section_name (ibfd
, sec
), ".eh_frame_entry")
13399 && init_reloc_cookie_rels (&cookie
, info
, ibfd
, sec
))
13401 _bfd_elf_parse_eh_frame_entry (info
, sec
, &cookie
);
13402 fini_reloc_cookie_rels (&cookie
, sec
);
13409 /* Do mark and sweep of unused sections. */
13412 bfd_elf_gc_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13414 bfd_boolean ok
= TRUE
;
13416 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
;
13417 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13418 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
13420 if (!bed
->can_gc_sections
13421 || !is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
13423 _bfd_error_handler(_("warning: gc-sections option ignored"));
13427 bed
->gc_keep (info
);
13428 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
13430 /* Try to parse each bfd's .eh_frame section. Point elf_eh_frame_section
13431 at the .eh_frame section if we can mark the FDEs individually. */
13432 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
;
13433 info
->eh_frame_hdr_type
!= COMPACT_EH_HDR
&& sub
!= NULL
;
13434 sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
13437 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
13439 sec
= sub
->sections
;
13440 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
13442 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (sub
, ".eh_frame");
13443 while (sec
&& init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, sec
))
13445 _bfd_elf_parse_eh_frame (sub
, info
, sec
, &cookie
);
13446 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
13447 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
13448 elf_eh_frame_section (sub
) = sec
;
13449 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, sec
);
13450 sec
= bfd_get_next_section_by_name (NULL
, sec
);
13454 /* Apply transitive closure to the vtable entry usage info. */
13455 elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, elf_gc_propagate_vtable_entries_used
, &ok
);
13459 /* Kill the vtable relocations that were not used. */
13460 elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, elf_gc_smash_unused_vtentry_relocs
, &ok
);
13464 /* Mark dynamically referenced symbols. */
13465 if (htab
->dynamic_sections_created
|| info
->gc_keep_exported
)
13466 elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, bed
->gc_mark_dynamic_ref
, info
);
13468 /* Grovel through relocs to find out who stays ... */
13469 gc_mark_hook
= bed
->gc_mark_hook
;
13470 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
13474 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
13475 || elf_object_id (sub
) != elf_hash_table_id (htab
)
13476 || !(*bed
->relocs_compatible
) (sub
->xvec
, abfd
->xvec
))
13480 if (o
== NULL
|| o
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
13483 /* Start at sections marked with SEC_KEEP (ref _bfd_elf_gc_keep).
13484 Also treat note sections as a root, if the section is not part
13485 of a group. We must keep all PREINIT_ARRAY, INIT_ARRAY as
13486 well as FINI_ARRAY sections for ld -r. */
13487 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
13489 && (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
13490 && ((o
->flags
& SEC_KEEP
) != 0
13491 || (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
13492 && ((elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
13493 == SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
)
13494 || (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
13496 || (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
13497 == SHT_FINI_ARRAY
)))
13498 || (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_NOTE
13499 && elf_next_in_group (o
) == NULL
)))
13501 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, o
, gc_mark_hook
))
13506 /* Allow the backend to mark additional target specific sections. */
13507 bed
->gc_mark_extra_sections (info
, gc_mark_hook
);
13509 /* ... and mark SEC_EXCLUDE for those that go. */
13510 return elf_gc_sweep (abfd
, info
);
13513 /* Called from check_relocs to record the existence of a VTINHERIT reloc. */
13516 bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (bfd
*abfd
,
13518 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
13521 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
, **sym_hashes_end
;
13522 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**search
, *child
;
13523 size_t extsymcount
;
13524 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13526 /* The sh_info field of the symtab header tells us where the
13527 external symbols start. We don't care about the local symbols at
13529 extsymcount
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
13530 if (!elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
13531 extsymcount
-= elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_info
;
13533 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
13534 sym_hashes_end
= sym_hashes
+ extsymcount
;
13536 /* Hunt down the child symbol, which is in this section at the same
13537 offset as the relocation. */
13538 for (search
= sym_hashes
; search
!= sym_hashes_end
; ++search
)
13540 if ((child
= *search
) != NULL
13541 && (child
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13542 || child
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13543 && child
->root
.u
.def
.section
== sec
13544 && child
->root
.u
.def
.value
== offset
)
13548 /* xgettext:c-format */
13549 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %pA+%#" PRIx64
": no symbol found for INHERIT"),
13550 abfd
, sec
, (uint64_t) offset
);
13551 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
13555 if (!child
->u2
.vtable
)
13557 child
->u2
.vtable
= ((struct elf_link_virtual_table_entry
*)
13558 bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*child
->u2
.vtable
)));
13559 if (!child
->u2
.vtable
)
13564 /* This *should* only be the absolute section. It could potentially
13565 be that someone has defined a non-global vtable though, which
13566 would be bad. It isn't worth paging in the local symbols to be
13567 sure though; that case should simply be handled by the assembler. */
13569 child
->u2
.vtable
->parent
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) -1;
13572 child
->u2
.vtable
->parent
= h
;
13577 /* Called from check_relocs to record the existence of a VTENTRY reloc. */
13580 bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13581 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13582 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
13585 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13586 unsigned int log_file_align
= bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
13590 h
->u2
.vtable
= ((struct elf_link_virtual_table_entry
*)
13591 bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*h
->u2
.vtable
)));
13596 if (addend
>= h
->u2
.vtable
->size
)
13598 size_t size
, bytes
, file_align
;
13599 bfd_boolean
*ptr
= h
->u2
.vtable
->used
;
13601 /* While the symbol is undefined, we have to be prepared to handle
13603 file_align
= 1 << log_file_align
;
13604 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
13605 size
= addend
+ file_align
;
13609 if (addend
>= size
)
13611 /* Oops! We've got a reference past the defined end of
13612 the table. This is probably a bug -- shall we warn? */
13613 size
= addend
+ file_align
;
13616 size
= (size
+ file_align
- 1) & -file_align
;
13618 /* Allocate one extra entry for use as a "done" flag for the
13619 consolidation pass. */
13620 bytes
= ((size
>> log_file_align
) + 1) * sizeof (bfd_boolean
);
13624 ptr
= (bfd_boolean
*) bfd_realloc (ptr
- 1, bytes
);
13630 oldbytes
= (((h
->u2
.vtable
->size
>> log_file_align
) + 1)
13631 * sizeof (bfd_boolean
));
13632 memset (((char *) ptr
) + oldbytes
, 0, bytes
- oldbytes
);
13636 ptr
= (bfd_boolean
*) bfd_zmalloc (bytes
);
13641 /* And arrange for that done flag to be at index -1. */
13642 h
->u2
.vtable
->used
= ptr
+ 1;
13643 h
->u2
.vtable
->size
= size
;
13646 h
->u2
.vtable
->used
[addend
>> log_file_align
] = TRUE
;
13651 /* Map an ELF section header flag to its corresponding string. */
13655 flagword flag_value
;
13656 } elf_flags_to_name_table
;
13658 static elf_flags_to_name_table elf_flags_to_names
[] =
13660 { "SHF_WRITE", SHF_WRITE
},
13661 { "SHF_ALLOC", SHF_ALLOC
},
13662 { "SHF_EXECINSTR", SHF_EXECINSTR
},
13663 { "SHF_MERGE", SHF_MERGE
},
13664 { "SHF_STRINGS", SHF_STRINGS
},
13665 { "SHF_INFO_LINK", SHF_INFO_LINK
},
13666 { "SHF_LINK_ORDER", SHF_LINK_ORDER
},
13667 { "SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING", SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING
},
13668 { "SHF_GROUP", SHF_GROUP
},
13669 { "SHF_TLS", SHF_TLS
},
13670 { "SHF_MASKOS", SHF_MASKOS
},
13671 { "SHF_EXCLUDE", SHF_EXCLUDE
},
13674 /* Returns TRUE if the section is to be included, otherwise FALSE. */
13676 bfd_elf_lookup_section_flags (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
13677 struct flag_info
*flaginfo
,
13680 const bfd_vma sh_flags
= elf_section_flags (section
);
13682 if (!flaginfo
->flags_initialized
)
13684 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
13685 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
13686 struct flag_info_list
*tf
= flaginfo
->flag_list
;
13688 int without_hex
= 0;
13690 for (tf
= flaginfo
->flag_list
; tf
!= NULL
; tf
= tf
->next
)
13693 flagword (*lookup
) (char *);
13695 lookup
= bed
->elf_backend_lookup_section_flags_hook
;
13696 if (lookup
!= NULL
)
13698 flagword hexval
= (*lookup
) ((char *) tf
->name
);
13702 if (tf
->with
== with_flags
)
13703 with_hex
|= hexval
;
13704 else if (tf
->with
== without_flags
)
13705 without_hex
|= hexval
;
13710 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (elf_flags_to_names
); ++i
)
13712 if (strcmp (tf
->name
, elf_flags_to_names
[i
].flag_name
) == 0)
13714 if (tf
->with
== with_flags
)
13715 with_hex
|= elf_flags_to_names
[i
].flag_value
;
13716 else if (tf
->with
== without_flags
)
13717 without_hex
|= elf_flags_to_names
[i
].flag_value
;
13724 info
->callbacks
->einfo
13725 (_("unrecognized INPUT_SECTION_FLAG %s\n"), tf
->name
);
13729 flaginfo
->flags_initialized
= TRUE
;
13730 flaginfo
->only_with_flags
|= with_hex
;
13731 flaginfo
->not_with_flags
|= without_hex
;
13734 if ((flaginfo
->only_with_flags
& sh_flags
) != flaginfo
->only_with_flags
)
13737 if ((flaginfo
->not_with_flags
& sh_flags
) != 0)
13743 struct alloc_got_off_arg
{
13745 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
13748 /* We need a special top-level link routine to convert got reference counts
13749 to real got offsets. */
13752 elf_gc_allocate_got_offsets (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *arg
)
13754 struct alloc_got_off_arg
*gofarg
= (struct alloc_got_off_arg
*) arg
;
13755 bfd
*obfd
= gofarg
->info
->output_bfd
;
13756 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
13758 if (h
->got
.refcount
> 0)
13760 h
->got
.offset
= gofarg
->gotoff
;
13761 gofarg
->gotoff
+= bed
->got_elt_size (obfd
, gofarg
->info
, h
, NULL
, 0);
13764 h
->got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
13769 /* And an accompanying bit to work out final got entry offsets once
13770 we're done. Should be called from final_link. */
13773 bfd_elf_gc_common_finalize_got_offsets (bfd
*abfd
,
13774 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13777 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13779 struct alloc_got_off_arg gofarg
;
13781 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
== info
->output_bfd
);
13783 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
13786 /* The GOT offset is relative to the .got section, but the GOT header is
13787 put into the .got.plt section, if the backend uses it. */
13788 if (bed
->want_got_plt
)
13791 gotoff
= bed
->got_header_size
;
13793 /* Do the local .got entries first. */
13794 for (i
= info
->input_bfds
; i
; i
= i
->link
.next
)
13796 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got
;
13797 size_t j
, locsymcount
;
13798 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
13800 if (bfd_get_flavour (i
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
13803 local_got
= elf_local_got_refcounts (i
);
13807 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (i
)->symtab_hdr
;
13808 if (elf_bad_symtab (i
))
13809 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
13811 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
13813 for (j
= 0; j
< locsymcount
; ++j
)
13815 if (local_got
[j
] > 0)
13817 local_got
[j
] = gotoff
;
13818 gotoff
+= bed
->got_elt_size (abfd
, info
, NULL
, i
, j
);
13821 local_got
[j
] = (bfd_vma
) -1;
13825 /* Then the global .got entries. .plt refcounts are handled by
13826 adjust_dynamic_symbol */
13827 gofarg
.gotoff
= gotoff
;
13828 gofarg
.info
= info
;
13829 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
13830 elf_gc_allocate_got_offsets
,
13835 /* Many folk need no more in the way of final link than this, once
13836 got entry reference counting is enabled. */
13839 bfd_elf_gc_common_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13841 if (!bfd_elf_gc_common_finalize_got_offsets (abfd
, info
))
13844 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
13845 return bfd_elf_final_link (abfd
, info
);
13849 bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (bfd_vma offset
, void *cookie
)
13851 struct elf_reloc_cookie
*rcookie
= (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*) cookie
;
13853 if (rcookie
->bad_symtab
)
13854 rcookie
->rel
= rcookie
->rels
;
13856 for (; rcookie
->rel
< rcookie
->relend
; rcookie
->rel
++)
13858 unsigned long r_symndx
;
13860 if (! rcookie
->bad_symtab
)
13861 if (rcookie
->rel
->r_offset
> offset
)
13863 if (rcookie
->rel
->r_offset
!= offset
)
13866 r_symndx
= rcookie
->rel
->r_info
>> rcookie
->r_sym_shift
;
13867 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
13870 if (r_symndx
>= rcookie
->locsymcount
13871 || ELF_ST_BIND (rcookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
].st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
13873 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13875 h
= rcookie
->sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- rcookie
->extsymoff
];
13877 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
13878 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
13879 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
13881 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13882 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13883 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= rcookie
->abfd
13884 || h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->kept_section
!= NULL
13885 || discarded_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)))
13890 /* It's not a relocation against a global symbol,
13891 but it could be a relocation against a local
13892 symbol for a discarded section. */
13894 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
13896 /* Need to: get the symbol; get the section. */
13897 isym
= &rcookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
];
13898 isec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (rcookie
->abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
13900 && (isec
->kept_section
!= NULL
13901 || discarded_section (isec
)))
13909 /* Discard unneeded references to discarded sections.
13910 Returns -1 on error, 1 if any section's size was changed, 0 if
13911 nothing changed. This function assumes that the relocations are in
13912 sorted order, which is true for all known assemblers. */
13915 bfd_elf_discard_info (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13917 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
13922 if (info
->traditional_format
13923 || !is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
13926 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".stab");
13931 for (i
= o
->map_head
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_head
.s
)
13934 || i
->reloc_count
== 0
13935 || i
->sec_info_type
!= SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
)
13939 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
13942 if (!init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, i
))
13945 if (_bfd_discard_section_stabs (abfd
, i
,
13946 elf_section_data (i
)->sec_info
,
13947 bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p
,
13951 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, i
);
13956 if (info
->eh_frame_hdr_type
!= COMPACT_EH_HDR
)
13957 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".eh_frame");
13961 int eh_changed
= 0;
13962 unsigned int eh_alignment
;
13964 for (i
= o
->map_head
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_head
.s
)
13970 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
13973 if (!init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, i
))
13976 _bfd_elf_parse_eh_frame (abfd
, info
, i
, &cookie
);
13977 if (_bfd_elf_discard_section_eh_frame (abfd
, info
, i
,
13978 bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p
,
13982 if (i
->size
!= i
->rawsize
)
13986 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, i
);
13989 eh_alignment
= 1 << o
->alignment_power
;
13990 /* Skip over zero terminator, and prevent empty sections from
13991 adding alignment padding at the end. */
13992 for (i
= o
->map_tail
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_tail
.s
)
13994 i
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
13995 else if (i
->size
> 4)
13997 /* The last non-empty eh_frame section doesn't need padding. */
14000 /* Any prior sections must pad the last FDE out to the output
14001 section alignment. Otherwise we might have zero padding
14002 between sections, which would be seen as a terminator. */
14003 for (; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_tail
.s
)
14005 /* All but the last zero terminator should have been removed. */
14010 = (i
->size
+ eh_alignment
- 1) & -eh_alignment
;
14011 if (i
->size
!= size
)
14019 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
14020 _bfd_elf_adjust_eh_frame_global_symbol
, NULL
);
14023 for (abfd
= info
->input_bfds
; abfd
!= NULL
; abfd
= abfd
->link
.next
)
14025 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
14028 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
14030 s
= abfd
->sections
;
14031 if (s
== NULL
|| s
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
14034 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
14036 if (bed
->elf_backend_discard_info
!= NULL
)
14038 if (!init_reloc_cookie (&cookie
, info
, abfd
))
14041 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_discard_info
) (abfd
, &cookie
, info
))
14044 fini_reloc_cookie (&cookie
, abfd
);
14048 if (info
->eh_frame_hdr_type
== COMPACT_EH_HDR
)
14049 _bfd_elf_end_eh_frame_parsing (info
);
14051 if (info
->eh_frame_hdr_type
14052 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
14053 && _bfd_elf_discard_section_eh_frame_hdr (output_bfd
, info
))
14060 _bfd_elf_section_already_linked (bfd
*abfd
,
14062 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
14065 const char *name
, *key
;
14066 struct bfd_section_already_linked
*l
;
14067 struct bfd_section_already_linked_hash_entry
*already_linked_list
;
14069 if (sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
14072 flags
= sec
->flags
;
14074 /* Return if it isn't a linkonce section. A comdat group section
14075 also has SEC_LINK_ONCE set. */
14076 if ((flags
& SEC_LINK_ONCE
) == 0)
14079 /* Don't put group member sections on our list of already linked
14080 sections. They are handled as a group via their group section. */
14081 if (elf_sec_group (sec
) != NULL
)
14084 /* For a SHT_GROUP section, use the group signature as the key. */
14086 if ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0
14087 && elf_next_in_group (sec
) != NULL
14088 && elf_group_name (elf_next_in_group (sec
)) != NULL
)
14089 key
= elf_group_name (elf_next_in_group (sec
));
14092 /* Otherwise we should have a .gnu.linkonce.<type>.<key> section. */
14093 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce.")
14094 && (key
= strchr (name
+ sizeof (".gnu.linkonce.") - 1, '.')) != NULL
)
14097 /* Must be a user linkonce section that doesn't follow gcc's
14098 naming convention. In this case we won't be matching
14099 single member groups. */
14103 already_linked_list
= bfd_section_already_linked_table_lookup (key
);
14105 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
14107 /* We may have 2 different types of sections on the list: group
14108 sections with a signature of <key> (<key> is some string),
14109 and linkonce sections named .gnu.linkonce.<type>.<key>.
14110 Match like sections. LTO plugin sections are an exception.
14111 They are always named .gnu.linkonce.t.<key> and match either
14112 type of section. */
14113 if (((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == (l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
14114 && ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0
14115 || strcmp (name
, l
->sec
->name
) == 0))
14116 || (l
->sec
->owner
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
14118 /* The section has already been linked. See if we should
14119 issue a warning. */
14120 if (!_bfd_handle_already_linked (sec
, l
, info
))
14123 if (flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
14125 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
14126 asection
*s
= first
;
14130 s
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
14131 /* Record which group discards it. */
14132 s
->kept_section
= l
->sec
;
14133 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
14134 /* These lists are circular. */
14144 /* A single member comdat group section may be discarded by a
14145 linkonce section and vice versa. */
14146 if ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
14148 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
14150 if (first
!= NULL
&& elf_next_in_group (first
) == first
)
14151 /* Check this single member group against linkonce sections. */
14152 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
14153 if ((l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0
14154 && bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (l
->sec
, first
, info
))
14156 first
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
14157 first
->kept_section
= l
->sec
;
14158 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
14163 /* Check this linkonce section against single member groups. */
14164 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
14165 if (l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
14167 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (l
->sec
);
14170 && elf_next_in_group (first
) == first
14171 && bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (first
, sec
, info
))
14173 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
14174 sec
->kept_section
= first
;
14179 /* Do not complain on unresolved relocations in `.gnu.linkonce.r.F'
14180 referencing its discarded `.gnu.linkonce.t.F' counterpart - g++-3.4
14181 specific as g++-4.x is using COMDAT groups (without the `.gnu.linkonce'
14182 prefix) instead. `.gnu.linkonce.r.*' were the `.rodata' part of its
14183 matching `.gnu.linkonce.t.*'. If `.gnu.linkonce.r.F' is not discarded
14184 but its `.gnu.linkonce.t.F' is discarded means we chose one-only
14185 `.gnu.linkonce.t.F' section from a different bfd not requiring any
14186 `.gnu.linkonce.r.F'. Thus `.gnu.linkonce.r.F' should be discarded.
14187 The reverse order cannot happen as there is never a bfd with only the
14188 `.gnu.linkonce.r.F' section. The order of sections in a bfd does not
14189 matter as here were are looking only for cross-bfd sections. */
14191 if ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce.r."))
14192 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
14193 if ((l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0
14194 && CONST_STRNEQ (l
->sec
->name
, ".gnu.linkonce.t."))
14196 if (abfd
!= l
->sec
->owner
)
14197 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
14201 /* This is the first section with this name. Record it. */
14202 if (!bfd_section_already_linked_table_insert (already_linked_list
, sec
))
14203 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: already_linked_table: %E\n"));
14204 return sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
14208 _bfd_elf_common_definition (Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
14210 return sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
;
14214 _bfd_elf_common_section_index (asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
14220 _bfd_elf_common_section (asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
14222 return bfd_com_section_ptr
;
14226 _bfd_elf_default_got_elt_size (bfd
*abfd
,
14227 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
14228 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
14229 bfd
*ibfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
14230 unsigned long symndx ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
14232 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
14233 return bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
14236 /* Routines to support the creation of dynamic relocs. */
14238 /* Returns the name of the dynamic reloc section associated with SEC. */
14240 static const char *
14241 get_dynamic_reloc_section_name (bfd
* abfd
,
14243 bfd_boolean is_rela
)
14246 const char *old_name
= bfd_get_section_name (NULL
, sec
);
14247 const char *prefix
= is_rela
? ".rela" : ".rel";
14249 if (old_name
== NULL
)
14252 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (prefix
) + strlen (old_name
) + 1);
14253 sprintf (name
, "%s%s", prefix
, old_name
);
14258 /* Returns the dynamic reloc section associated with SEC.
14259 If necessary compute the name of the dynamic reloc section based
14260 on SEC's name (looked up in ABFD's string table) and the setting
14264 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_section (bfd
* abfd
,
14266 bfd_boolean is_rela
)
14268 asection
* reloc_sec
= elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
;
14270 if (reloc_sec
== NULL
)
14272 const char * name
= get_dynamic_reloc_section_name (abfd
, sec
, is_rela
);
14276 reloc_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, name
);
14278 if (reloc_sec
!= NULL
)
14279 elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
= reloc_sec
;
14286 /* Returns the dynamic reloc section associated with SEC. If the
14287 section does not exist it is created and attached to the DYNOBJ
14288 bfd and stored in the SRELOC field of SEC's elf_section_data
14291 ALIGNMENT is the alignment for the newly created section and
14292 IS_RELA defines whether the name should be .rela.<SEC's name>
14293 or .rel.<SEC's name>. The section name is looked up in the
14294 string table associated with ABFD. */
14297 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section (asection
*sec
,
14299 unsigned int alignment
,
14301 bfd_boolean is_rela
)
14303 asection
* reloc_sec
= elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
;
14305 if (reloc_sec
== NULL
)
14307 const char * name
= get_dynamic_reloc_section_name (abfd
, sec
, is_rela
);
14312 reloc_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, name
);
14314 if (reloc_sec
== NULL
)
14316 flagword flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_READONLY
14317 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
14318 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
14319 flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
;
14321 reloc_sec
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, name
, flags
);
14322 if (reloc_sec
!= NULL
)
14324 /* _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr chooses a section type by
14325 name. Override as it may be wrong, eg. for a user
14326 section named "auto" we'll get ".relauto" which is
14327 seen to be a .rela section. */
14328 elf_section_type (reloc_sec
) = is_rela
? SHT_RELA
: SHT_REL
;
14329 if (! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, reloc_sec
, alignment
))
14334 elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
= reloc_sec
;
14340 /* Copy the ELF symbol type and other attributes for a linker script
14341 assignment from HSRC to HDEST. Generally this should be treated as
14342 if we found a strong non-dynamic definition for HDEST (except that
14343 ld ignores multiple definition errors). */
14345 _bfd_elf_copy_link_hash_symbol_type (bfd
*abfd
,
14346 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*hdest
,
14347 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*hsrc
)
14349 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ehdest
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hdest
;
14350 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ehsrc
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hsrc
;
14351 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
14353 ehdest
->type
= ehsrc
->type
;
14354 ehdest
->target_internal
= ehsrc
->target_internal
;
14356 isym
.st_other
= ehsrc
->other
;
14357 elf_merge_st_other (abfd
, ehdest
, &isym
, NULL
, TRUE
, FALSE
);
14360 /* Append a RELA relocation REL to section S in BFD. */
14363 elf_append_rela (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*s
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
14365 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
14366 bfd_byte
*loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
);
14367 BFD_ASSERT (loc
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
<= s
->contents
+ s
->size
);
14368 bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out (abfd
, rel
, loc
);
14371 /* Append a REL relocation REL to section S in BFD. */
14374 elf_append_rel (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*s
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
14376 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
14377 bfd_byte
*loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
);
14378 BFD_ASSERT (loc
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
<= s
->contents
+ s
->size
);
14379 bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out (abfd
, rel
, loc
);
14382 /* Define __start, __stop, .startof. or .sizeof. symbol. */
14384 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*
14385 bfd_elf_define_start_stop (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
14386 const char *symbol
, asection
*sec
)
14388 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
14390 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), symbol
,
14391 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
14393 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
14394 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
14395 || ((h
->ref_regular
|| h
->def_dynamic
) && !h
->def_regular
)))
14397 bfd_boolean was_dynamic
= h
->ref_dynamic
|| h
->def_dynamic
;
14398 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
14399 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= sec
;
14400 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
14401 h
->def_regular
= 1;
14402 h
->def_dynamic
= 0;
14404 h
->u2
.start_stop_section
= sec
;
14405 if (symbol
[0] == '.')
14407 /* .startof. and .sizeof. symbols are local. */
14408 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
14409 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (info
->output_bfd
);
14410 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
14414 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
14415 h
->other
= (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_PROTECTED
;
14417 bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);